This is a modern-English version of The secret of the old mill, originally written by Dixon, Franklin W..
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

THE HARDY BOYS
THE SECRET OF THE OLD MILL
By FRANKLIN W. DIXON
Author of
The Hardy Boys: The Tower Treasure
The Hardy Boys: The House on The Cliff
Author of
The Hardy Boys: The Tower Treasure
The Hardy Boys: The House on the Cliff
ILLUSTRATED BY
Walter S. Rogers
ILLUSTRATED BY
Walter S. Rogers
NEW YORK
GROSSET & DUNLAP
PUBLISHERS
NEW YORK GROSSET & DUNLAP PUBLISHERS
Made in the United States of America
Made in the USA
MYSTERY STORIES FOR BOYS
By FRANKLIN W. DIXON
By FRANKLIN W. DIXON
THE HARDY BOYS: THE TOWER TREASURE
THE HARDY BOYS: THE HOUSE ON THE CLIFF
THE HARDY BOYS: THE SECRET OF THE OLD MILL
THE HARDY BOYS: THE TOWER TREASURE
THE HARDY BOYS: THE HOUSE ON THE CLIFF
THE HARDY BOYS: THE SECRET OF THE OLD MILL
(Other Volumes in Preparation)
(Other Volumes Coming Soon)
GROSSET & DUNLAP, PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK
GROSSET & DUNLAP, PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK
Copyright, 1927, by
GROSSET & DUNLAP
Copyright, 1927, by
GROSSET & DUNLAP

CONTENTS
I | A five-dollar bill |
II | Fake Money |
III | The Hardy Boys in School |
IV | Another Victim |
V | Healing the Joker |
VI | The Old Mill |
VII | In the Mill Stream |
VIII | Joe's Bravery |
IX | The Rescue |
X | The New Yacht |
XI | A Busy Man |
XII | Seasick |
XIII | Paul Blum |
XIV | Con Riley Protects a Package |
XV | The Pursuit |
XVI | Action Plan |
XVII | What Lester Said |
XVIII | Doubts |
XIX | The Carpet Buyer |
XX | A Warning Note |
XXI | At the Factory |
XXII | Through the Roof |
XXIII | The Alert |
XXIV | Stuck |
XXV | The Awakening |
THE HARDY BOYS
THE SECRET OF THE OLD MILL
CHAPTER I
A Five Dollar Bill
A $5 Bill
The afternoon express from the north steamed into the Bayport station to the usual accompanying uproar of clanging bells from the lunch room, shouting redcaps, and a bellowing train announcer.
The afternoon express from the north pulled into the Bayport station to the usual chaos of ringing bells from the lunchroom, yelling redcaps, and a loud train announcer.
Among the jostling, hurrying crowd on the platform were two pleasant-featured youths who scanned the passing coaches expectantly.
Among the bustling crowd on the platform were two handsome young men who looked at the passing trains with anticipation.
"I don't see him," said Frank Hardy, the older of the pair, as he watched the passengers descending from one of the Pullman coaches.
"I can't see him," said Frank Hardy, the older brother, as he watched the passengers getting off one of the Pullman coaches.
"Perhaps he stopped at some other town and intends coming in on the local. It's only an hour later," suggested his brother Joe.
"Maybe he stopped in another town and plans to come in on the local train. It's only an hour later," suggested his brother Joe.
The boys waited. They had met the train expecting to greet their father, Fenton Hardy, the nationally famous detective, who had been away from home for the past two weeks on a murder case in New York. It appeared that they were to be disappointed. When the last of the Bayport passengers had left the train Fenton Hardy was not among them.
The boys waited. They had met the train expecting to greet their father, Fenton Hardy, the nationally famous detective, who had been away from home for the past two weeks working on a murder case in New York. It looked like they were going to be let down. When the last of the Bayport passengers had left the train, Fenton Hardy was not among them.
"We'll come back and meet the local," said Frank at last.
"We'll come back and meet the locals," Frank finally said.
The brothers were about to turn away and retrace their steps down the platform when they saw a tall, well-dressed stranger swing himself down from the steps of the nearest coach. He was a man of about thirty, dark and clean-shaven, and he hastened over toward them.
The brothers were just about to turn away and head back down the platform when they saw a tall, well-dressed stranger jump down from the steps of the nearest train car. He was around thirty, had dark hair, was clean-shaven, and quickly walked over to them.
"I want to pay a fellow a dollar out of this five," remarked the stranger, as he came up to the boys. "Can you change the bill?"
"I want to give a guy a dollar from this five," said the stranger as he approached the boys. "Can you break the bill?"
At the same time he produced a five dollar bill from his pocket and held it out inquiringly.
At the same time, he pulled out a five-dollar bill from his pocket and held it out questioningly.
He was a pleasant-spoken young man and he was evidently in a hurry.
He was a friendly young guy and clearly in a rush.
"I could try the lunch room, I suppose, but there's such a crowd that I'll have trouble being waited on," he explained, the bill fluttering in his hands.
"I guess I could check out the lunch room, but it's so crowded that I’ll have a hard time getting someone's attention," he said, the bill fluttering in his hands.
Frank looked at his brother and began feeling in his pockets.
Frank glanced at his brother and started checking his pockets.
"I've got three dollars, Joe. How about you?"
"I have three dollars, Joe. What about you?"
Joe dug up the loose change in his possession. There was a dollar bill, a fifty-cent piece and three quarters.
Joe pulled out the spare change he had. There was a dollar bill, a fifty-cent coin, and three quarters.
"Two dollars and a quarter," he announced. "I guess we can make it."
"Two dollars and twenty-five cents," he said. "I think we can manage that."
He handed over two dollars to Frank, who added it to the three dollars of his own and gave the money to the stranger, who gave Frank the five dollar bill in exchange.
He gave two dollars to Frank, who added it to his own three dollars and handed the cash to the stranger, who gave Frank a five dollar bill in return.
"Thanks, ever so much," said the young man. "You've saved me a lot of trouble. My friend is getting off at this station and I wanted to give him the dollar before he left. Thanks."
"Thanks a lot," said the young man. "You've saved me a ton of trouble. My friend is getting off at this station, and I wanted to give him the dollar before he left. Thanks."
"Don't mention it," replied Frank carelessly, putting the bill in his pocket. "We'll get it changed between us."
"Don't worry about it," Frank said casually, slipping the bill into his pocket. "We'll sort it out together."
The young man nodded, smiled at them and hastened back up the steps of the coach, with a carefree wave of his hand.
The young man nodded, smiled at them, and quickly went back up the steps of the coach, waving his hand cheerfully.
"I'm glad we were able to help him out," observed Joe. "It was just by chance that I had that small change too. Mother gave me some money to buy some pie-plates."
"I'm glad we could help him out," Joe said. "It was just lucky that I had that spare change. Mom gave me some cash to buy some pie plates."
"Pie-plates!" exclaimed Frank, with a grin. "There's nothing I'd rather see coming into the house than more pie-plates. More pie-plates mean more pie."
"Pie plates!" Frank exclaimed with a grin. "There's nothing I love seeing come into the house more than more pie plates. More pie plates mean more pie."
"We might as well go down and get them now, before I forget. There's a shop down the street and we can get the plates and get this five dollar bill changed. It'll help kill time before the local comes in."
"We might as well go down and get them now before I forget. There's a shop down the street where we can grab the plates and get this five-dollar bill changed. It'll help pass the time before the local comes in."
The two lads went down the platform, out through the station to the main street of Bayport, basking in the summer sunlight. They were healthy, normal American boys of high school age. Frank, being a year older than his brother, was slightly taller. He was slim and dark, while his brother was somewhat stouter of build, with fair, curly hair. As they strolled down the street they received and returned many greetings, for both boys were well-known and popular in Bayport.
The two guys walked down the platform, out through the station to the main street of Bayport, soaking up the summer sun. They were healthy, typical American high school boys. Frank, being a year older than his brother, was a bit taller. He was slim and had dark features, while his brother was a bit stockier, with light, curly hair. As they walked down the street, they got and gave a lot of greetings, since both boys were well-known and liked in Bayport.
Before they reached the store they heard the shriek of the whistle and the clanging of the bell that indicated that the express was resuming its southward journey.
Before they got to the store, they heard the loud whistle and the ringing bell that signaled the express was starting its journey south again.
"Our friend can travel in peace," remarked Frank. "He got his five changed anyway."
"Our friend can travel in peace," Frank said. "He got his five changed anyway."
"And the other fellow got his dollar. Everybody's happy."
"And the other guy got his dollar. Everyone’s happy."
They reached the store and paused outside the entrance to examine an assortment of baseball bats, discussing the relative merits and weights of each, then poked around in a tray of mitts, trying them on and agreeing that none equaled the worn and battered mitts they had at home. Finally they entered the shop, where they were greeted by the proprietor, a chubby and genial man named Moss. Mr. Moss was sitting on the counter reading a newspaper, for business was dull that afternoon, but he cast the sheet aside when they came in.
They arrived at the store and stopped outside the entrance to check out a variety of baseball bats, chatting about the pros and cons and weights of each. Then they rummaged through a box of mitts, trying them on and agreeing that none matched the old and worn mitts they had at home. Finally, they walked into the shop, where they were welcomed by the owner, a friendly, chubby guy named Moss. Mr. Moss was sitting on the counter reading a newspaper since business was slow that afternoon, but he put the paper down when they walked in.
"Looking for clues?" he asked humorously, as they came in.
"Looking for clues?" he asked playfully as they walked in.
As sons of Fenton Hardy, and as amateur detectives of some ability in their own right, the boys were frequently the butt of jesting remarks concerning their hobby, but they invariably took them in the spirit of good-natured raillery in which they were meant.
As sons of Fenton Hardy and amateur detectives with some skill, the boys often found themselves the target of teasing comments about their hobby, but they always took it in the lighthearted spirit it was intended.
"No clues here," continued Mr. Moss. "You won't find a single, solitary clue in the place. I had a crate of awfully nice bank robbery clues in yesterday, but they've all been snapped up. I expect some nice murder clues in to-morrow morning, if you'd care to wait that long. Or perhaps you'd like me to order you a few kidnapping clues. Size eight and a half, guaranteed not to wear, tear or tarnish."
"No clues here," Mr. Moss said. "You won't find a single clue in this place. I had a crate of really great bank robbery clues in yesterday, but they've all been taken. I expect to have some nice murder clues in tomorrow morning if you want to wait that long. Or maybe you'd like me to order you a few kidnapping clues. Size eight and a half, guaranteed not to wear out, tear, or tarnish."
Mr. Moss rattled on, with an air of great gravity, burst into a roar of laughter at his own joke, then swung his feet against the side of the counter.
Mr. Moss kept talking seriously, then suddenly burst into a roar of laughter at his own joke, and kicked his feet against the side of the counter.
"Well, boys, what'll it be?" he asked, rubbing his eyes, as the two brothers grinned at him. "What can I do for you?"
"Well, guys, what’s it gonna be?" he asked, rubbing his eyes, as the two brothers smiled at him. "What can I help you with?"
"We want some pie-plates," said Joe. "Three."
"We need some pie plates," said Joe. "Three."
"Small ones, I suppose," said Mr. Moss, then chuckled hugely as the boys looked at him in indignation.
"Small ones, I guess," said Mr. Moss, then laughed heartily as the boys looked at him in anger.
"I should say not," returned Frank. "The biggest you've got."
"I wouldn't say that," Frank replied. "The biggest one you've got."
Mr. Moss laughed very much at this also, and swung himself down from the counter and went in search of the pie-plates. He returned eventually with three that seemed to be of the required size and quality.
Mr. Moss laughed a lot at this too, then got down from the counter and went to look for the pie plates. He eventually came back with three that looked like the right size and quality.
"Wrap 'em up," said Frank, throwing the five dollar bill on the counter.
"Wrap them up," Frank said, tossing the five-dollar bill on the counter.
Mr. Moss wrapped up the plates, then picked up the bill and went over to the cash register. He rang up the amount of the sale and was about to put the money in the till when he suddenly hesitated, then held the bill up to the light. Slowly, he came back to the counter, rubbing the bill between thumb and forefinger, feeling its texture and minutely examining the surface.
Mr. Moss wrapped the plates, then picked up the bill and walked over to the register. He totaled the sale and was about to put the money in the till when he suddenly paused, then held the bill up to the light. Slowly, he returned to the counter, rubbing the bill between his thumb and forefinger, feeling its texture and closely examining the surface.
"Where did you get this bill, boys?" he asked seriously.
"Where did you get this bill, guys?" he asked seriously.
"We just changed it for a stranger on the train," answered Frank. "What's the matter with it?"
"We just traded it for a stranger on the train," replied Frank. "What's wrong with it?"
"Looks bad to me," replied Mr. Moss dubiously. "I'm afraid I can't take a chance on it."
"That doesn't look good to me," Mr. Moss replied skeptically. "I'm afraid I can't risk it."
He handed the bill back to Frank, then indicated the package on the counter.
He gave the bill back to Frank and pointed to the package on the counter.
"What are you going to do about the plates?" he asked. "Have you any other money besides that bill?"
"What are you going to do about the plates?" he asked. "Do you have any other money besides that bill?"
"Not a nickel," said Joe. "At least, not enough to pay for the plates. But do you really think the bill is no good?"
"Not a dime," said Joe. "At least, not enough to cover the plates. But do you really think the bill is worthless?"
"I've handled a lot of them. It doesn't look good to me. I tell you what you'd better do. Take it over to the bank across the street and ask the cashier what he thinks of it."
"I've dealt with a lot of these. It doesn’t seem promising to me. Here’s what you should do: Take it over to the bank across the street and ask the cashier for his opinion."
The boys looked at one another in dismay. It had never occurred to them that there might be anything wrong with the money. Now it dawned on them that there had been something suspicious about the affable stranger's request. Had they really been victimized?
The boys exchanged worried glances. They had never considered that there could be anything wrong with the money. Now it hit them that the friendly stranger's request had seemed kind of off. Had they actually fallen for a scam?
"We'll do that," agreed Frank. "Come on, Joe. Keep those plates for us, Mr. Moss. If the bill is bad we'll be back with some real money later on."
"We'll take care of that," Frank agreed. "Let's go, Joe. Hold those plates for us, Mr. Moss. If the bill is no good, we'll come back with some real cash later."
They crossed the street to the bank and went up to the cashier's cage. They knew the cashier well and he smiled at them as Frank pushed the five dollar bill under the grating.
They walked across the street to the bank and approached the cashier's window. They were familiar with the cashier, who greeted them with a smile as Frank slid the five-dollar bill under the grate.
"Want it changed?" he asked.
"Do you want it changed?" he asked.
"We want to know if it's good, first."
"We want to know if it's any good, first."
The cashier, a sharp-featured, elderly man with spectacles, then took a sharp glance at the bill. He pursed up his lips as he felt the texture of the paper. Then he flicked the bill across to them again.
The cashier, an elderly man with sharp features and glasses, then took a close look at the bill. He pressed his lips together as he felt the texture of the paper. Then he tossed the bill back to them again.
"Sorry," he said. "You've been stung, boys. It's counterfeit."
"Sorry," he said. "You guys got played. It's fake."
"Counterfeit!" exclaimed Frank.
"Fake!" exclaimed Frank.
"You aren't the first one who has been fooled. There's been a lot of counterfeit money going around the past few days. It's very cleverly done and it's apt to fool any one who isn't used to handling a lot of bills. Where did you get it?"
"You aren't the first person to be tricked. There’s been a lot of fake money floating around the past few days. It's really well made and can easily fool anyone who isn't used to handling a lot of cash. Where did you get it?"
"A fellow got off the train and asked us to change it for him."
"A guy got off the train and asked us to change it for him."
The cashier nodded.
The cashier agreed.
"And by now he is miles away, probably getting ready to work the same trick at the next station. I guess you'll have to pocket your loss, boys. It's tough luck."
"And by now he’s far away, probably getting ready to pull the same stunt at the next station. I guess you’ll have to accept your loss, guys. It’s bad luck."
CHAPTER II
Counterfeit Money
Fake Money
The Hardy boys left the bank, feeling at once foolish and wrathful.
The Hardy boys walked out of the bank, feeling both silly and angry.
"Stung!" declared Frank. "Stung by a counterfeit bill! Oh, if the fellows hear of this we'll never hear the end of it!"
"Stung!" Frank exclaimed. "Stung by a fake bill! Oh, if the guys find out about this, we'll never hear the end of it!"
"What a fine pair of greenhorns we must have looked to that slick stranger! I'd like to lay my hands on him for about five seconds. I'll bet he's been laughing to himself ever since about how easily we were fooled."
"What a great pair of rookies we must have seemed to that smooth stranger! I’d love to get my hands on him for just five seconds. I bet he’s been chuckling to himself ever since about how easily we fell for it."
"I'll say we were easy. We hadn't a suspicion in the world."
"I'll say we were naive. We didn't have a clue."
"After all," Joe remarked, "that bill might have fooled any one. You can't deny that it looks mighty like a real five."
"After all," Joe said, "that bill could have tricked anyone. You can’t argue that it looks just like a real five."
They halted on the corner and again examined the money. Only an experienced eye could have detected any difference between the counterfeit bill and a genuine one. It was crisp and new and appeared in every respect identical with any bona fide five dollar bill that had ever been legitimately issued by the Federal Government.
They stopped at the corner and looked at the money again. Only a trained eye could spot any difference between the fake bill and a real one. It was crisp and new, looking exactly like any authentic five-dollar bill that had ever been issued by the Federal Government.
"If we were dishonest we could palm this off on almost any one, just as we had it palmed off on us," said Joe. "Oh, well—live and learn. I hate to think of that fellow laughing at us, though. It's a nice price to pay for a lesson not to be too trustful of strangers after this."
"If we were being dishonest, we could pass this off on just about anyone, just like it was passed off on us," Joe said. "Oh well—live and learn. I really hate the idea of that guy laughing at us, though. It's quite a price to pay for learning not to be too trusting of strangers from now on."
"It cost me more than it cost you," Frank pointed out. "It was just my luck that I had three dollars on me and you had only two."
"It cost me more than it cost you," Frank pointed out. "I just happened to have three dollars on me, and you only had two."
This phase of the matter had not occurred to Joe before, so he felt considerably more cheerful in the thought that he had not, after all, been the chief loser.
This part of the situation hadn’t crossed Joe’s mind before, so he felt much more upbeat knowing that he hadn’t, after all, been the main loser.
They went back to the store and dolefully reported to Mr. Moss that he had been right in his surmise about the bill.
They went back to the store and sadly told Mr. Moss that he was correct about the bill.
"It was bad, all right," Frank told him. "The cashier took one look at it, and that was enough."
"It was really bad," Frank said to him. "The cashier glanced at it, and that was all it took."
Mr. Moss nodded sympathetically.
Mr. Moss nodded in understanding.
"Well, it's too bad you were stung," he said. "But I'd rather it was you than me. In business, we have to be careful. As a matter of fact, I think it would have fooled me, only the bank warned me this morning that there was some counterfeit money going around and that I'd better be on my guard against any new bills. The minute I saw your five was fresh and new I got suspicious. It's certainly a clever imitation. Whoever is putting the stuff out is a real artist at that game."
"Well, it's a shame you got stung," he said. "But I’d prefer it was you instead of me. In business, we need to be cautious. Actually, I think it might have caught me off guard too, but the bank alerted me this morning that there’s some counterfeit cash going around and I should be careful with any new bills. The moment I saw your five was fresh and new, I got suspicious. It’s definitely a clever fake. Whoever is making this stuff is really talented at it."
"We'll be back for the pie-plates later," promised Joe. "But we didn't want you to think we were trying to pass bad money on you."
"We'll come back for the pie plates later," Joe promised. "But we didn't want you to think we were trying to give you bad money."
Mr. Moss laughed at the idea.
Mr. Moss laughed at the thought.
"The Hardy boys pass counterfeit money!" he exclaimed. "I know you better than that, I hope. I'll keep the plates for you, or you can take them now and bring back the money later. Good money, though," he added, wagging his finger at them.
"The Hardy Boys are passing fake money!" he exclaimed. "I hope I know you better than that. I can hold onto the plates for you, or you can take them now and bring back the real money later. Real money, though," he added, shaking his finger at them.
"We'll be back," they told him.
"We'll be back," they said to him.
They went toward the station to wait for the local train on which they expected their father to arrive, and while they waited, sitting on a platform bench, they gloomily discussed the imposition of which they had been the victims.
They headed to the station to wait for the local train they expected their dad to arrive on, and while they sat on a platform bench waiting, they sadly talked about the unfairness they had experienced.
"It isn't so much losing my three dollars," declared Frank. "It's the thought of being fooled by such a simple trick. We should have known that the fellow had plenty of time to get his money changed at the lunch counter or at the cigar stand, or even the ticket office. Instead of that we dug into our pockets like lambs—"
"It’s not really about losing my three dollars," Frank said. "It's more about being tricked by such an obvious con. We should have realized that the guy had plenty of time to get his cash exchanged at the lunch counter, the cigar stand, or even the ticket office. Instead, we reached into our pockets like suckers—"
"Lambs don't have pockets," Joe pointed out.
"Lambs don't have pockets," Joe pointed out.
"All the better for them. They're so innocent they'd be fleeced of everything they put in 'em, anyway. Just like us. We handed over all our money to a total stranger and let him give us a bad bill that we didn't even take the trouble to look at. I wish somebody would kick me all around the block."
"All the better for them. They're so naive they'd get cheated out of everything they invest in anyway. Just like us. We gave all our money to a complete stranger and accepted a counterfeit bill without even bothering to check it. I wish someone would just kick me around the block."
While the Hardy boys are sitting on the bench, gloomily awaiting the arrival of their father and preparing to tell him of how they had been fooled by the stranger, it will not be out of place to introduce them still further to the readers of this volume.
While the Hardy boys are sitting on the bench, sadly waiting for their dad and getting ready to tell him how they were tricked by the stranger, it’s a good time to introduce them even more to the readers of this book.
As related in the first volume of this series, "The Hardy Boys: The Tower Treasure," Frank and Joe Hardy were the sons of Fenton Hardy, a private detective of international fame. Mr. Hardy, who had been for many years on the New York police force and who had later resigned to carry on a private detective practice, was a criminologist of note. He knew by sight and by reputation most of the notorious criminals of his day, and his mastery over all the branches of his profession was such as to place him at the very forefront of American detectives. So great had been the demand for his services in solving the mysteries of crimes that had baffled the detective forces of other cities that he had found it much more lucrative to carry on a practice of his own than to remain attached to the service in any one city, even such a city as the great American metropolis.
As mentioned in the first volume of this series, "The Hardy Boys: The Tower Treasure," Frank and Joe Hardy were the sons of Fenton Hardy, a private detective known worldwide. Mr. Hardy, who had spent many years on the New York police force before resigning to start his own detective practice, was a respected criminologist. He recognized most of the infamous criminals of his time by sight and reputation, and his expertise in all areas of his field put him at the top of American detectives. The demand for his skills in solving crimes that had stumped other cities' detective forces was so high that he found it much more profitable to run his own practice rather than stay with any one city's police department, even in a major city like New York.
Fenton Hardy, with his wife, Laura Hardy, and their two sons, Frank and Joe, had accordingly moved to Bayport, a city of about fifty thousand inhabitants, situated on Barmet Bay, on the Atlantic Ocean. There Frank and Joe had gone to school until now they were in the Bayport high school. Both boys were fully conscious of the fame of their father and were eager to follow in his footsteps, although their mother had expressed a desire that they fit themselves for some less hazardous and more conventional profession.
Fenton Hardy, along with his wife, Laura Hardy, and their two sons, Frank and Joe, had moved to Bayport, a city of about fifty thousand people located on Barmet Bay, on the Atlantic Ocean. Frank and Joe had attended school there and were now students at the Bayport high school. Both boys were well aware of their father's fame and were eager to follow in his footsteps, even though their mother had expressed a wish for them to prepare for a safer and more traditional career.
However, the Hardy boys had inherited much of their father's ability and deductive talent. Already they had aided in solving two mysteries that had kept Bayport by the ears. As related in "The Hardy Boys: The Tower Treasure," they had solved the mystery of the theft of valuable jewels and bonds from Tower Mansion, after even Fenton Hardy himself had been unable to discover where the thief had hidden the loot. In the second volume of the series, "The Hardy Boys: The House on the Cliff," has been told how the Hardy boys discovered the haunt of a gang of smugglers who were operating in Barmet Bay. In this case they had received a substantial reward, as Federal agents had tried in vain to locate the smugglers' base of activities for many months.
However, the Hardy boys had inherited a lot of their father's skills and sharp instincts. They had already helped solve two mysteries that had the town of Bayport buzzing. As mentioned in "The Hardy Boys: The Tower Treasure," they cracked the case of valuable jewels and bonds stolen from Tower Mansion, even after Fenton Hardy himself couldn’t figure out where the thief had stashed the goods. In the second book of the series, "The Hardy Boys: The House on the Cliff," it’s detailed how the Hardy boys uncovered the hideout of a gang of smugglers operating in Barmet Bay. In this instance, they received a significant reward because Federal agents had been unsuccessfully trying to find the smugglers' hideout for months.
Following the adventures at the house on the cliff an uneventful winter and spring had passed, the brothers devoting themselves to their studies and to an occasional winter holiday. Christmas had come with many presents, and now warm weather was once more at hand.
Following the adventures at the house on the cliff, a quiet winter and spring had gone by, with the brothers focusing on their studies and enjoying an occasional winter break. Christmas had arrived with lots of gifts, and now warmer weather was coming back around.
Because of the pride they took in their achievements as amateur detectives, the Hardy boys felt very keenly the ignominy of being so easily fooled by the stranger who had passed the counterfeit money upon them.
Because of the pride they took in their accomplishments as amateur detectives, the Hardy boys felt the shame of being so easily tricked by the stranger who had given them the counterfeit money.
"Dad will have the laugh on us now," muttered Joe, as they heard the distant whistle of the approaching train.
"Dad is definitely going to laugh at us now," muttered Joe, as they heard the distant whistle of the approaching train.
"Well, we'll tell him about it, anyway. Who knows but what a big case might arise out of this?"
"Well, we'll let him know about it, anyway. Who knows if a big case could come out of this?"
The afternoon local pulled into the station, and Fenton Hardy stepped down from the parlor car, bag in hand, light coat over one arm. He was a tall, dark-haired man of about forty years of age. He had a quick, pleasant smile for his sons and he shook hands with them warmly.
The afternoon train arrived at the station, and Fenton Hardy got off the parlor car, carrying a bag and a light coat draped over one arm. He was a tall, dark-haired man around forty years old. He greeted his sons with a quick, friendly smile and shook their hands warmly.
"How's mother?" he asked, after the first greetings.
"How's mom?" he asked, after the initial greetings.
"She's fine," replied Frank. "She said there'd be something special for supper to-night, seeing you're back."
"She's doing well," Frank replied. "She said there'd be something special for dinner tonight, now that you're back."
"Good! And what have you two been doing? Kept out of mischief, I hope."
"Great! So, what have you two been up to? I hope you’ve stayed out of trouble."
"Well, we've kept out of mischief," said Joe; "but we haven't kept out of trouble."
"Well, we've stayed out of trouble," Joe said, "but we haven't avoided problems."
"What's the matter?"
"What's wrong?"
"We just got fooled by a smart stranger who stepped off the express. It cost us five dollars."
"We just got tricked by a clever stranger who got off the express. It cost us five dollars."
"How did that happen?"
"How did that occur?"
"He asked us to change a five dollar bill for him—"
"He asked us to swap a five-dollar bill for him—"
"Ah, ha!" exclaimed Fenton Hardy, raising his eyebrows. "And what then?"
"Ah, ha!" Fenton Hardy exclaimed, raising his eyebrows. "So what happens next?"
"It was counterfeit."
"It was fake."
Mr. Hardy looked grave.
Mr. Hardy looked serious.
"Have you got it with you?"
"Do you have it with you?"
"Yes," answered Frank, producing the bill. "I don't think we can be blamed such an awful lot for being fooled. It certainly looks mighty like a good one."
"Yeah," replied Frank, pulling out the bill. "I don’t think we should be held too responsible for being tricked. It definitely looks like a really good one."
Fenton Hardy put down his bag and examined the bill closely for a moment. Then he folded it up and put it in his waistcoat pocket.
Fenton Hardy set down his bag and took a good look at the bill for a moment. Then he folded it and placed it in his vest pocket.
"I'll take care of this, if you don't mind," he said, picking up his bag and beginning to walk toward the station exit. "As it happens, I know something about this money."
"I'll handle this, if that's okay with you," he said, grabbing his bag and starting to walk toward the station exit. "Actually, I know a bit about this money."
"What do you mean, dad?" asked Frank quickly.
"What do you mean, Dad?" Frank asked quickly.
"I don't mean that I know anything about this particular five dollar bill, but I know something about this counterfeit money in general. As a matter of fact, that is why this trip took me longer than I had thought it would. When I finished the case that originally took me away, the Government called me in on this counterfeit money case."
"I’m not saying I know anything about this specific five-dollar bill, but I do know a bit about counterfeit money in general. Actually, that’s why this trip ended up taking longer than I expected. After I wrapped up the case that initially pulled me away, the Government brought me in on this counterfeit money case."
"Is there a lot of it going around?"
"Is there a lot of it happening?"
"Too much. Within the past few weeks the East has been flooded with it, and the circulation seems to be spreading. There seems to be a central counterfeiting plant somewhere, with experts in charge of it, and they are turning out imitation bills so clever that the average person can hardly detect them. The Federal authorities are worrying a great deal about it."
"Too much. In the last few weeks, the East has been overwhelmed with it, and the circulation seems to be spreading. It looks like there’s a main counterfeiting operation somewhere, run by experts, and they’re producing imitation bills so convincing that the average person can barely tell the difference. The federal authorities are really concerned about it."
"And this is one of the bills?"
"And this is one of the bills?"
"It looks just like some of the others that have been turned in, although chiefly they have been dealing in tens and twenties. The man who stepped off the train was probably one of their agents, trying to convert as much of the counterfeit money into good cash as he could. When he saw that you were only boys he thought there would be a better chance of getting change for five dollars than ten. Then, of course, he may only have been some one who had been fooled by the counterfeit and decided to get rid of it by passing it on to some one else."
"It looks just like some of the others that have been handed in, though mostly they've been using tens and twenties. The guy who got off the train was probably one of their agents, trying to exchange as much counterfeit money for real cash as he could. When he realized you were just kids, he thought he’d have a better shot at getting change for five dollars instead of ten. Of course, he might have just been someone who was tricked by the counterfeit and decided to unload it by passing it to someone else."
"I wish he had asked us to change one of his counterfeit tens, instead," mourned Joe. "We would have been five dollars to the good."
"I wish he had asked us to exchange one of his fake tens instead," Joe lamented. "We would have made five dollars."
CHAPTER III
The Hardy Boys at School
The Hardy Boys in School
If the boys had any lingering hopes that their school chums would not hear of the manner in which they had been fooled, these hopes were quickly removed next morning.
If the boys had any lingering hopes that their school friends wouldn’t find out how they had been tricked, those hopes were quickly dashed the next morning.
Scarcely had Frank and Joe ascended the concrete steps of Bayport High than Chet Morton, a stout chubby boy of about sixteen, one of their closest friends, a lad with a passion for practical jokes, came solemnly toward them with a green tobacco coupon in his hand.
Scarcely had Frank and Joe climbed the concrete steps of Bayport High than Chet Morton, a plump boy of about sixteen and one of their closest friends, who had a knack for practical jokes, approached them seriously with a green tobacco coupon in his hand.
"Just the fellows I'm looking for," he chirped. "My great-grandmother just died in Abyssinia and I'm trying to raise the railway fare to go to the funeral. How about changing this hundred?"
"Exactly the guys I need," he said cheerfully. "My great-grandma just passed away in Abyssinia, and I'm trying to get enough money for the train fare to go to the funeral. Can you help me change this hundred?"
There was a roar of laughter from about a dozen boys who were standing about, for Chet had evidently acquainted them all with the affair of the previous day. How he had learned of it, Frank and Joe could not imagine. They grinned good-naturedly, although Joe blushed furiously.
There was a loud burst of laughter from around a dozen boys who were hanging out, because Chet had obviously filled them in on what happened the day before. How he found out, Frank and Joe couldn’t figure out. They smiled in a friendly way, even though Joe turned bright red.
"What's the matter?" asked Chet innocently. "Can't you change it? You don't mean to tell me you can't change my hundred dollar bill? Please, kind young gentlemen, please change my hundred dollar bill, for if you don't I'm sure nobody else will and then I won't be able to go to my great-grandmother's funeral in Abyssinia." He wiped away an imaginary tear.
"What's wrong?" Chet asked innocently. "Can't you change it? You don't really mean to say you can't change my hundred dollar bill? Please, kind young gentlemen, please change my hundred dollar bill, because if you don't, I'm sure no one else will, and then I won't be able to go to my great-grandmother's funeral in Abyssinia." He wiped away an imaginary tear.
"Sorry," said Frank gravely. "We're not in the money-changing business."
"Sorry," Frank said seriously. "We don't deal in currency exchange."
"You mean you're not in it any more," pointed out Chet. "You were in the business yesterday, I know. What's the matter—retire on your profits?"
"You mean you’re not in it anymore," Chet said. "You were in the business yesterday, I know. What’s up—retiring on your profits?"
"Yes, we quit."
"Yeah, we quit."
"I don't blame you." Suddenly Chet struck an attitude of exaggerated surprise. "Why, bless my soul, I do believe this bill is bad!" He peered at the flimsy tobacco coupon very closely, then whipped a small magnifying glass from his pocket and squinted through it. At last he raised his head, with a sigh. "Yes, sir, it's bad. It's counterfeit. One of the cleverest counterfeits I ever saw. If it hadn't been for the fact that there is no hundred dollar mark on it and if it hadn't been that there is a picture of the president of the El Ropo Tobacco Company instead of George Washington, I'd have been completely fooled. Isn't it lucky that you boys didn't change it for me? Isn't it lucky? Congratulations, young sirs. Congratulations!"
"I don't blame you." Suddenly, Chet put on an exaggerated look of surprise. "Well, I'll be! I think this bill is fake!" He leaned in close to examine the flimsy tobacco coupon, then pulled out a small magnifying glass from his pocket and squinted through it. Finally, he raised his head with a sigh. "Yep, it's fake. It's counterfeit. One of the smartest counterfeits I've ever seen. If it hadn't been for the lack of a hundred dollar mark and the fact that there’s a picture of the president of the El Ropo Tobacco Company instead of George Washington, I would have been totally fooled. Aren't you boys lucky you didn't exchange it for me? Aren't you lucky? Congrats, young sirs. Congrats!"
He shook Frank and Joe warmly by the hand, in the meantime keeping a very solemn face, while the other lads surged about in a laughing group and joined in the "kidding."
He shook Frank and Joe's hands warmly, all while keeping a serious expression, while the other guys laughed and teased each other around them.
They jested unmercifully about the incident of the counterfeit five dollars, but the Hardy boys took it all in good part. The news had leaked out through Mr. Moss, who had told Jerry Gilroy, one of the Hardy boys' chums, about the affair just a short while after they had left the store the previous afternoon. Jerry had lost no time acquainting Chet and the others with the details.
They joked relentlessly about the incident with the fake five-dollar bill, but the Hardy boys took it all in stride. The news had slipped out through Mr. Moss, who had informed Jerry Gilroy, one of the Hardy boys' friends, about what happened shortly after they left the store the day before. Jerry wasted no time sharing the details with Chet and the others.
"If you keep on changing money for strangers you won't have much left out of those rewards," declared Phil Cohen, a diminutive, black-haired Jewish boy who was one of their friends. He was referring to the money the Hardy boys had received in rewards for their work in the Tower Mansion case and for helping run down the smugglers.
"If you keep changing money for strangers, you won't have much left from those rewards," said Phil Cohen, a short, black-haired Jewish kid who was one of their friends. He was talking about the money the Hardy boys had earned as rewards for their work on the Tower Mansion case and for helping catch the smugglers.
"Oh, I guess we still have a few dollars," replied Frank smilingly. "We have enough in the bank to buy a motorboat with, anyway."
"Oh, I think we still have a few bucks," Frank said with a smile. "We have enough in the bank to buy a motorboat, at least."
"What's that?" asked Chet quickly. "Are you getting a motorboat?"
"What's that?" Chet asked quickly. "Are you getting a motorboat?"
The Hardy boys nodded. Their chums were immediately interested.
The Hardy Boys nodded. Their friends were instantly intrigued.
"Put me down for one of the first passengers," shouted "Biff" Hooper, a tall, broad-shouldered boy who had just pushed his way through the circle.
"Count me in as one of the first passengers," shouted "Biff" Hooper, a tall, broad-shouldered guy who had just pushed his way through the crowd.
"We're thinking of getting one like Tony Prito's," said Joe.
"We're thinking about getting one like Tony Prito's," Joe said.
"I wish it was mine!" exclaimed Tony. His father, one of the most respected citizens in the Italian colony of Bayport, owned a speedy motorboat which had proved of great service to the Hardy boys in their conflict with the smugglers of Barmet Bay. "But if you're getting a boat at all you can't do any better than get one just like it."
"I wish it was mine!" Tony exclaimed. His father, one of the most respected citizens in the Italian community of Bayport, owned a fast motorboat that had been incredibly helpful to the Hardy boys in their battles against the smugglers of Barmet Bay. "But if you're getting a boat at all, you can't do better than get one just like it."
"Dad told us last night we could get one as long as we stayed in the bay and along the coast with it. He was afraid we might get ambitious and try crossing the Atlantic."
"Dad told us last night we could get one as long as we stayed in the bay and along the coast with it. He was worried we might get too eager and try crossing the Atlantic."
"Well," remarked Jerry Gilroy, "I see where our summer baseball league is shot to pieces now."
"Well," Jerry Gilroy said, "I can see that our summer baseball league is totally ruined now."
"Why?"
"Why?"
"You'll be out in that boat every minute of your spare time. It was bad enough when you had the motorcycles. You were both always roaming around the country on them, but now we'll never be able to find you at all. There goes the best pitcher and shortstop of my team together."
"You'll be out in that boat every chance you get. It was bad enough when you had the motorcycles. You were always off exploring the country on them, but now we’ll never be able to find you at all. There go the best pitcher and shortstop of my team together."
Jerry looked very glum as he said this, for he was an ardent ball fan and he had been much in the forefront in organizing a league for the summer months. Frank Hardy was one of the best pitchers in the school, and Joe could cover short in a manner that was the envy of his companions, but in spite of their natural ability for the game, the Hardy boys had always shown a preference for outings instead of baseball.
Jerry looked really down as he said this, since he was a huge baseball fan and had been at the forefront of organizing a league for the summer. Frank Hardy was one of the best pitchers in the school, and Joe could play shortstop in a way that made his friends envious, but despite their natural talent for the game, the Hardy boys had always preferred going on outings over playing baseball.
"I'd rather go out for a whole day on a motorcycle or in a motorboat than play a dozen ball games," said Frank.
"I'd rather spend the whole day riding a motorcycle or on a motorboat than play a bunch of ball games," said Frank.
This was rank heresy to Jerry, who could not bear any reflections on his beloved game.
This was pure heresy to Jerry, who couldn’t stand any criticism of his favorite game.
"Gosh, I don't know what's to become of you two! Can't I count on you for any games at all?"
"Gosh, I don’t know what's going to happen to you two! Can I not count on you for any games at all?"
"Sure you can," promised Frank. "We're not going to live in the motorboat."
"Of course you can," Frank assured. "We're not going to live in the motorboat."
"If you go fooling around Barmet Reefs on a stormy day in the old tub you'll die in it, though," snickered Chet.
"If you go messing around Barmet Reefs on a stormy day in that old boat, you'll die in it, though," laughed Chet.
"That'll be about enough from you," warned Frank, giving him a friendly dig in the ribs. Then, turning to Jerry, he went on: "We'll play on your team, but we won't spend all our time outside of meal-hours in practising."
"That'll be about enough from you," warned Frank, giving him a playful poke in the ribs. Then, turning to Jerry, he continued: "We'll be on your team, but we won't be spending all our time outside of meal times practicing."
"Well, I suppose I should be satisfied. We can't have everything. But I'd imagine you'd like to practise."
"Well, I guess I should be satisfied. We can't have it all. But I’d think you’d want to practice."
"They don't need to," declared Chet. "That's why you have to spend all your spare time learning how to catch. Even now you're not much good at it." He winked at Tony Prito, who was standing behind Jerry. "Why, I'll bet you can't catch a measly little fly—like this—look—"
"They don't have to," Chet said. "That's why you need to spend all your free time learning how to catch. Even now you're not very good at it." He winked at Tony Prito, who was standing behind Jerry. "I bet you can't even catch a tiny little fly—like this—look—"
He took a baseball out of his pocket and threw it lightly into the air. It did not go very high and it was a ridiculously easy catch for any one. As for Jerry Gilroy, who was really a star outfielder, it was scarcely worth the effort. He had but to step back a pace and the ball was his.
He pulled a baseball out of his pocket and tossed it lightly into the air. It didn't go very high, making it a ridiculously easy catch for anyone. For Jerry Gilroy, who was actually a star outfielder, it was hardly worth the effort. He only needed to step back a bit, and the ball was his.
"Can't I?" he said, somewhat nettled by Chet's words. The ball arched through the air and descended directly toward him. He stepped back, prepared to make the easy catch.
"Can't I?" he said, a bit annoyed by Chet's words. The ball soared through the air and came down straight toward him. He stepped back, ready to make the easy catch.
But Tony Prito had caught Chet's wink and knew what it meant, for they had carefully rehearsed the trick between them. As soon as Chet had thrown the ball, Tony knelt on his hands and knees on the grass immediately behind Jerry. For all his seeming carelessness, Chet had thrown the ball just far enough so that Jerry would have to step back to make the catch.
But Tony Prito saw Chet's wink and knew what it meant, because they had practiced the trick together. As soon as Chet threw the ball, Tony dropped to his hands and knees on the grass right behind Jerry. Despite his casual appearance, Chet had thrown the ball just far enough that Jerry would have to step back to catch it.
Jerry collided with the recumbent figure behind him, he staggered, lost his balance and tumbled over Tony Prito, while the baseball thumped into the grass. The other boys, who had seen the joke from the start, laughed uproariously as Jerry picked himself up and betook himself in pursuit of the already fleeing Tony, while Chet, with an air of vast satisfaction, picked up the baseball.
Jerry bumped into the person lying behind him, stumbled, lost his balance, and fell over Tony Prito, while the baseball thudded into the grass. The other boys, who had seen the prank from the beginning, laughed loudly as Jerry got back up and chased after the already escaping Tony, while Chet, looking very pleased with himself, picked up the baseball.
"I knew he couldn't catch it," he said, with all the airy disdain of a minor prophet.
"I knew he couldn't catch it," he said, with all the casual arrogance of a minor prophet.
Just then the gong in the main hall of Bayport High began to clang, summoning the students to their classes, and the boys crowded through the wide doorway.
Just then, the bell in the main hall of Bayport High started ringing, calling the students to their classes, and the boys pushed through the wide doorway.
CHAPTER IV
Another Victim
Another Victim
When he took his place in class that morning, Frank Hardy glanced over at the desk, two aisles away, where Callie Shaw was sitting.
When he sat down in class that morning, Frank Hardy looked over at the desk two rows away where Callie Shaw was sitting.
Callie, a brown-haired, brown-eyed miss with a quick, vivacious manner, was one of the prettiest girls attending Bayport high school. She was Frank's favorite of all the girls in the city, and each morning he glanced over at her desk and never failed to receive a bright and fleeting smile that somehow made the dusty classroom seem a trifle less drab and monotonous, and when she was not there it always seemed that the day had gotten away to a bad start.
Callie, a brown-haired, brown-eyed girl with an energetic and lively personality, was one of the prettiest girls at Bayport High School. She was Frank's favorite among all the girls in the city, and every morning he would look over at her desk and always got a bright, quick smile that somehow made the dusty classroom feel a little less dull and repetitive. When she wasn’t there, it always felt like the day had gotten off to a bad start.
She was there this morning, but she was gazing soberly at her books and she failed to return Frank's glance with her usual smile. This was something so utterly extraordinary that Frank gazed at her, open-mouthed, for a second or so until, recollecting himself, he turned to his own books and proceeded to spend much of the time until recess in a state of helpless wonderment. Like the average boy under such circumstances, he racked his brains trying to recollect what he could have done that might have offended Callie. But there seemed to be no solution to the mystery.
She was there this morning, but she was looking seriously at her books and didn’t respond to Frank’s glance with her usual smile. This was so completely surprising that Frank stared at her, shocked, for a moment until he snapped back to reality and turned to his own books, spending much of the time until recess in a state of confused curiosity. Like any typical boy in this situation, he tried to figure out what he could have done to upset Callie. But there didn’t seem to be any answer to the puzzle.
Perhaps she had heard of how he had been fooled by the stranger yesterday. Perhaps she felt contempt for him because he had been so easily outwitted. This was one of his wild surmises, but he rejected it because it was not like Callie to be angry about anything unless there was good reason for her displeasure. At last he gave it up and tried to dismiss the matter from his mind, but several times during the morning he cast covert glances in her direction.
Perhaps she had heard how he was tricked by the stranger yesterday. Maybe she felt contempt for him because he had been so easily outsmarted. This was one of his wild guesses, but he dismissed it because it wasn’t like Callie to be angry about anything unless there was a good reason for her displeasure. Finally, he let it go and tried to push the matter out of his mind, but several times during the morning, he shot surreptitious glances in her direction.
But Callie was plainly worried and downcast. She seldom raised her eyes from her books, she answered the teacher's questions in a most abstracted manner, and altogether it appeared that there was something on her mind beyond schoolwork.
But Callie was clearly anxious and unhappy. She hardly looked up from her books, answered the teacher's questions in a distracted way, and overall, it seemed like something was bothering her beyond just schoolwork.
When recess came she walked slowly out of the room, not mingling with the other girls. Frank saw her go outside toward the campus, where she sat down on the grass by herself, watching an impromptu basketball game and declining all requests to join in the fun.
When recess started, she walked slowly out of the room, not interacting with the other girls. Frank saw her head toward the campus, where she sat on the grass alone, watching a spontaneous basketball game and turning down all offers to join in the fun.
He went over to her and flung himself down on the grass beside the girl.
He walked over to her and threw himself down on the grass next to the girl.
"What's the matter, Callie?"
"What's wrong, Callie?"
She looked up at him and smiled faintly.
She looked up at him and gave a slight smile.
"Hello, Frank, where did you drop from?"
"Hey, Frank, where did you come from?"
"I've been sitting right across from you in school all morning and this is the first time you've noticed that I'm alive."
"I've been sitting right across from you in class all morning, and this is the first time you've noticed that I'm here."
"I'm sorry, Frank. I didn't mean to be rude. I've got something on my mind this morning, that's all."
"I'm sorry, Frank. I didn’t mean to be rude. I just have a lot on my mind this morning, that’s all."
"Trouble?"
"Problem?"
She nodded.
She agreed.
"What about?"
"What's up?"
"Money."
"Cash."
He was puzzled by this remark. Callie lived with her cousin, Miss Pollie Shaw, the proprietor of a beauty parlor in the city, and although Miss Shaw was not rich, she made a comfortable living. Therefore, when Frank heard Callie say that she was worried about money he was naturally puzzled. Callie's parents lived in the country, but they sent their daughter frequent remittances to pay the expenses of her education in Bayport.
He was confused by this comment. Callie lived with her cousin, Miss Pollie Shaw, who owned a beauty salon in the city. Although Miss Shaw wasn't wealthy, she earned a decent living. So, when Frank heard Callie say that she was worried about money, he was understandably confused. Callie's parents lived in the country but regularly sent her money to cover her education expenses in Bayport.
"What's the matter?" he asked. "Didn't your allowance come?"
"What's wrong?" he asked. "Did your allowance not come?"
"No, it isn't that. I'm all right. It's Pollie. She lost some money. More than she could afford."
"No, that's not it. I'm fine. It's Pollie. She lost some money. More than she could afford."
"Lost some? How was that?"
"Lost some? How was it?"
"She lost fifty dollars last night."
"She lost fifty bucks last night."
Frank whistled.
Frank whistled.
"Whew! That's a lot of money."
"Whew! That's a lot of cash."
"It certainly is. The worst of it is that Pollie had just made the final payment on some new electrical fixtures in the shop and it had left her pretty short of cash. I feel bad about it for her sake."
"It definitely is. The worst part is that Pollie had just made the last payment on some new light fixtures in the shop, and it left her pretty low on cash. I feel bad about it for her."
"How did it happen?"
"How did it go down?"
"A woman came into the store last night and bought some beauty preparations, quite a large order. It amounted to about twelve dollars and she had nothing less than a fifty dollar bill in her purse. Pollie had that much money in the till, for it was near the end of the day, and she didn't like to lose the order, so she changed the bill."
"A woman came into the store last night and bought a bunch of beauty products, quite a big order. It totaled about twelve dollars and she only had a fifty dollar bill in her purse. Pollie had enough cash in the register, since it was close to the end of the day, and she didn't want to lose the sale, so she changed the bill."
Frank nodded soberly. He knew now what had happened.
Frank nodded seriously. He understood now what had happened.
"And the money was counterfeit," he said.
"And the money was fake," he said.
"Why, how did you know?" exclaimed Callie.
"Wow, how did you know that?" Callie exclaimed.
"I was fooled yesterday myself." Frank then went on to tell Callie how he and Joe had been victimized by the stranger on the station platform. "Dad says there is a lot of this counterfeit money being circulated," he said. "They certainly aren't losing much time in getting rid of it around Bayport. Gee, first a five and now a fifty! I'm sure sorry that Pollie is out that much money."
"I got tricked yesterday too." Frank then shared with Callie how he and Joe had been duped by the stranger on the station platform. "Dad says there's a lot of fake money going around," he said. "They sure aren't wasting any time getting rid of it here in Bayport. Wow, first a five and now a fifty! I feel terrible that Pollie lost that much money."
"Yes, it's a big amount," declared Callie. "Of course, she'll get along, but no one likes to lose that much."
"Yeah, that's a lot," Callie said. "She'll manage, but nobody likes to lose that much."
"Did she know the woman?"
"Did she know the woman?"
"Oh, no. She was a total stranger. She was rather handsome and was well dressed. Pollie didn't suspect anything wrong. As a matter of fact, it wasn't until she picked up the paper after work last night and read that the banks had issued a warning about counterfeit money that she began to think about it. So she called up Mr. Wilkins, who works in one of the banks, and he came over and took a look at the bill. He said right away that it was no good, although he admitted it was so cleverly done that any one might be fooled by it."
"Oh, no. She was a complete stranger. She was pretty good-looking and well-dressed. Pollie didn't think anything was off. In fact, it wasn't until she picked up the paper after work last night and read that the banks had issued a warning about counterfeit money that she started to think about it. So she called Mr. Wilkins, who works at one of the banks, and he came over to check the bill. He said immediately that it was fake, although he acknowledged it was so well-made that anyone could be easily tricked by it."
"Just what they said about my five. Did Pollie tell the police?"
"Is that what they said about my five? Did Pollie tell the cops?"
"I suppose she has told them by now. But she gave me the bill and asked me to turn it over to your father."
"I guess she’s told them by now. But she handed me the bill and asked me to give it to your dad."
"Good! Dad happens to be working along those lines just now. Have you got the bill with you now?"
"Great! Dad is actually working on that right now. Do you have the bill with you?"
"It's in my purse in the cloakroom. I'll let you have it at lunch hour."
"It's in my bag in the coat check. I'll give it to you at lunch."
So when school was dismissed at noon Callie gave Frank the counterfeit fifty dollar bill. Frank examined it closely. Like the five dollar bill he and Joe had changed for the plausible stranger the previous day, it was crisp and new. Frank had seen very few fifty dollar bills in his life, either genuine or otherwise, but he realized that this specimen was a very good imitation. The mere fact that such bills are not often seen by the average person no doubt rendered it easier to pass without being readily detected.
So when school let out at noon, Callie handed Frank the fake fifty dollar bill. Frank looked at it carefully. Just like the five dollar bill he and Joe had exchanged for the convincing stranger the day before, it was fresh and crisp. Frank had hardly encountered any fifty dollar bills in his life, whether real or fake, but he recognized that this one was a really good imitation. The simple fact that most people rarely see such bills likely made it easier to use without getting caught.
"I'll show this to my father," he promised Callie. "I'm afraid it won't do much good. Pollie will have to stand her loss, unless she can trace the woman who passed the bad bill on her, but perhaps this will help dad find the source of all this counterfeit money."
"I'll show this to my dad," he promised Callie. "I’m afraid it won’t help much. Pollie will have to deal with her loss unless she can find the woman who gave her the fake bill, but maybe this will help Dad track down the source of all this counterfeit money."
"Goodness knows how many poor people are being victimized just as Pollie was," said the girl. "I hope they catch the people who are at the bottom of it."
"Who knows how many poor people are getting taken advantage of just like Pollie was," said the girl. "I hope they catch the ones who are behind it."
When Joe joined Frank on the school steps Frank told him about the incident at the beauty parlor and of how Pollie Shaw had lost fifty dollars in goods and money to the strange woman.
When Joe met Frank on the school steps, Frank told him about what happened at the beauty salon and how Pollie Shaw had lost fifty dollars in merchandise and cash to the strange woman.
"Of course," said Frank, "she may have been perfectly innocent in passing that fifty dollar bill, and perhaps she didn't realize it was counterfeit, but I'm beginning to think this gang has a number of people traveling around getting rid of the imitation bills."
"Of course," Frank said, "she might have been totally innocent in using that fifty dollar bill, and she probably didn't realize it was fake, but I'm starting to think this group has several people going around getting rid of the phony bills."
"Once they get them into circulation they'll go from hand to hand until the banks check them up. Somebody is bound to lose in the end, and usually it's the honest person who finds out that the money is bad and won't pass it any further. The crooked ones will just try to get rid of it as quickly as they can."
"Once they start circulating, they'll pass from one person to another until the banks catch up with them. Someone is definitely going to lose in the end, and most of the time it's the honest person who discovers that the money is fake and refuses to pass it along. The shady ones will just try to get rid of it as fast as possible."
When they reached home Frank told his father about Pollie Shaw and handed over the counterfeit bill.
When they got home, Frank told his dad about Pollie Shaw and gave him the fake bill.
"So they're dealing in fifties now!" exclaimed Fenton Hardy, as he looked at the money.
"So they're trading in fifties now!" Fenton Hardy exclaimed, as he looked at the cash.
"Do you think it's made by the people who turned out that bad five that we got stung on?" Joe asked.
"Do you think it was made by the same people who created that awful group of five that we got hit by?" Joe asked.
Mr. Hardy drew a magnifying glass from his vest pocket and make a close scrutiny of the bill. "It seems to have been printed on the same press but I'm not sure," he announced at last. "These things are so cleverly done that it would take an expert to notice any differences." He proceeded then to examine the five dollar bill, comparing it closely with the fifty, and at last he put the glass back into his pocket.
Mr. Hardy pulled a magnifying glass from his vest pocket and took a close look at the bill. "It looks like it was printed on the same press, but I'm not certain," he finally said. "These things are made so well that only an expert would catch any differences." He then examined the five-dollar bill, comparing it closely with the fifty, and finally put the magnifying glass back in his pocket.
"I'm practically certain that these bills were issued from the same press. The paper seems to be of the same kind, just a shade lighter than the paper used in genuine money, and there are certain little differences in the engraving that are almost identical on each bill. Miss Shaw won't mind if I keep this, will she?" he asked Frank.
"I'm pretty sure that these bills came from the same press. The paper looks like the same type, just a little lighter than the paper used for real money, and there are some small differences in the engraving that are nearly identical on each bill. Miss Shaw won't care if I keep this, right?" he asked Frank.
"She asked me to give it to you."
"She asked me to give it to you."
"I'll send both these bills to an expert in the city and we'll get his opinion on it."
"I'll send both of these bills to an expert in the city, and we'll get his opinion on them."
Mrs. Hardy, a pretty, fair-haired woman, sighed.
Mrs. Hardy, a pretty blonde woman, sighed.
"I'm sure I don't know what the world's coming to," she said, "when men will make bad money and know that poor people are going to lose by it. It's a shame."
"I'm really not sure what the world is coming to," she said, "when guys will make bad money and realize that poor people are going to suffer because of it. It's ridiculous."
"There's nothing some of them won't stop at when it comes to filling their own pockets," declared her husband. "But perhaps when the expert sends me his report on these bills I'll have something more to work on. If it turns out that there is one central gang circulating this money we'll all have to be on the lookout."
"There's nothing some of them won't do to line their own pockets," her husband declared. "But maybe when the expert sends me his report on these bills, I'll have something more to go on. If it turns out there's one main group circulating this money, we all need to be cautious."
CHAPTER V
Curing the Joker
Healing the Joker
Hard work in school occupied the attention of the boys for the rest of the week, for examination time was near, and even Jerry Gilroy was obliged to dismiss baseball from his mind in a frantic attempt to catch up with his geometry and Latin, that somehow appeared to keep perpetually ahead of him. Frank and Joe sweated over the ablative absolute and grumbled over the heroic exploits that could be resurrected from the deathless lines of Cæsar and Virgil if one could but distinguish verbs from nouns, and wondered, as schoolboys have wondered from time immemorial, why they should be obliged to concern themselves with things that happened two thousand years ago and more when they might better be outside playing.
Hard work in school kept the boys focused for the rest of the week because exam time was approaching, and even Jerry Gilroy had to push baseball aside in a desperate effort to catch up on his geometry and Latin, which always seemed to be just out of reach. Frank and Joe struggled with the ablative absolute and grumbled about the heroic deeds that could be brought back to life from the timeless lines of Caesar and Virgil if only they could tell verbs from nouns. They wondered, as schoolboys have always wondered, why they had to bother with events that happened two thousand years ago when they could be outside playing instead.
When Friday night came they emerged from the haze of declensions and vocabularies, axioms and theorems, equations and symbols in which they had been engulfed all week and decided that Saturday should see them as far away from school as possible.
When Friday night arrived, they came out of the fog of grammar, vocabulary, rules, theories, equations, and symbols that had surrounded them all week and decided that Saturday should be spent as far away from school as they could get.
"Let's get out of the city altogether," suggested Frank, as the Hardy boys left the classroom on Friday afternoon. "What say we all go for a hike out into the country?"
"Let's get out of the city completely," suggested Frank, as the Hardy boys left the classroom on Friday afternoon. "How about we all go for a hike out in the country?"
"Suits me," agreed Chet. "No motorcycles either. Let's walk."
"Suits me," Chet agreed. "No motorcycles either. Let's just walk."
"Good idea," Jerry Gilroy approved. "Unless," he said hopefully, "you fellows would rather come up to the campus and have baseball practice."
"Good idea," Jerry Gilroy said with approval. "Unless," he added hopefully, "you guys would prefer to come up to the campus and have baseball practice."
"Another smart remark like that out of you and I'll practise my famous left hook on your jaw," warned Biff Hooper, squaring off in a pugilistic attitude. "We don't want to see or hear of this school again until Monday morning, and that'll be too soon."
"Another smart comment like that from you and I'll use my famous left hook on your jaw," warned Biff Hooper, getting into a boxing stance. "We don’t want to see or hear anything about this school again until Monday morning, and that’ll be too soon."
"All right, all right," said Jerry placatingly. "I just thought I'd mention it."
"Okay, okay," Jerry said in a calming tone. "I just thought I'd bring it up."
"And I just think you'll forget about it," said Chet. "You'll come along on this hike with us. Here, have an apple and keep quiet."
"And I think you’ll just forget about it," Chet said. "You'll come on this hike with us. Here, take an apple and stay quiet."
He dug into the inexhaustible recesses of his pockets and produced a slightly shopworn apple, which he thrust into Jerry's hands. "There, see if that'll keep you quiet for a while."
He reached into his never-ending pockets and pulled out a slightly worn apple, which he handed to Jerry. "Here, see if this will keep you quiet for a bit."
Jerry, who could never resist anything in the nature of food, accepted the donation eagerly.
Jerry, who could never resist any kind of food, eagerly accepted the donation.
"Where shall we go on this hike?" he asked, raising the fruit to his lips.
"Where should we go on this hike?" he asked, bringing the fruit to his lips.
"I was thinking we could go up to Carl Stummer's farm," suggested Joe. "Mother was saying she wondered if Stummer would let her have any cherries to can this year. This would be a good time to ask him."
"I was thinking we could head over to Carl Stummer's farm," Joe suggested. "Mom was saying she was wondering if Stummer would let her have any cherries to can this year. This would be a good time to ask him."
"Suits me," said Jerry, taking a prodigious bite of the apple.
"Suits me," Jerry said, taking a huge bite of the apple.
Then an expression of pained surprise crossed his face to be replaced by a look of ghastly realization. Tears spurted to his eyes and his jaws worked convulsively. Then he emitted a gurgle of agony, spluttered, spat out the apple and began to dance around on the pavement, waving his arms in the air.
Then a look of shocked pain crossed his face, quickly followed by a look of horrifying realization. Tears sprang to his eyes, and his jaw trembled uncontrollably. He let out a gurgle of distress, spluttered, spat out the apple, and started dancing around on the pavement, waving his arms in the air.
"Indian war dance!" commented Chet gravely, clapping his hands. "Fine work, Jerry. Do it again."
"Indian war dance!" Chet said seriously, clapping his hands. "Great job, Jerry. Do it again."
"Pepper!" spluttered Jerry. "I'm burning up! Water!"
"Pepper!" Jerry gasped. "I'm on fire! Water!"
"Call the fire brigade," advised Chet, bursting into a shriek of laughter.
"Call the fire department," Chet said, breaking into a fit of laughter.
The other lads gazed at their companion in amazement until his wild antics became too much for them and they all roared as Jerry continued his frantic splutterings. Wildly, the victim turned toward the school again. There was a water fountain near the front door and he headed toward it, but his eyes were so full of tears from the mouthful of red pepper that he had gulped when he bit into the hollow apple that he did not see a flower-bed in his path.
The other guys stared at their friend in shock until his crazy behavior became too much for them, and they all burst out laughing as Jerry kept sputtering. In a frenzy, he turned back toward the school. There was a water fountain near the front door, and he made his way over to it, but his eyes were so teary from the mouthful of red pepper he had swallowed when he bit into the hollow apple that he didn’t notice a flower bed in his way.
Jerry stumbled over the wire border and sprawled full length among the flowers.
Jerry tripped over the wire border and fell flat among the flowers.
The janitor, a cantankerous individual named MacBane, had been standing near by watching the performance with a broad grin on his usually dour features. But when he saw Jerry fall into his precious flower-bed he gave a roar of fury.
The janitor, a grumpy guy named MacBane, had been standing nearby, watching the show with a big grin on his usually stern face. But when he saw Jerry fall into his beloved flower bed, he let out a loud shout of anger.
"Awa' wi' ye!" he bellowed. "Awa' frae ma flowers, ye young limb! I'll hae ye reported!"
"Away with you!" he yelled. "Get away from my flowers, you young troublemaker! I'll have you reported!"
MacBane always lapsed into broad Scotch when his temper was aroused. The rest of the boys scattered, fearing the wrath to come. Jerry managed to scramble out of the flower-bed just as the janitor reached him. He jumped out of reach of the outstretched hand, with the result that MacBane lost his balance and overstepped the border, treading on some choice blossoms and getting tangled up in the wire.
MacBane always slipped into a thick Scottish accent when he got angry. The other guys scattered, afraid of what was about to happen. Jerry barely got out of the flower bed just as the janitor got to him. He jumped out of the way of the reaching hand, which made MacBane lose his balance and step over the edge, crushing some beautiful flowers and getting tangled in the wire.
Jerry made for the fountain and was already taking deep gulps of the cool water when MacBane, now spluttering unintelligible phrases that could only have been understood in the remotest reaches of Caledonia, got out of the flower-bed and thundered toward him. With a longing glance at the spouting water, for his raging thirst was not yet appeased, and with a fearful glance at the approaching janitor, Jerry turned and fled.
Jerry ran to the fountain and was already gulping down cool water when MacBane, now sputtering incomprehensible phrases that could only be understood in the farthest corners of Scotland, climbed out of the flower bed and charged toward him. With a desperate look at the splashing water, since his intense thirst wasn’t satisfied yet, and a scared look at the coming janitor, Jerry turned and ran away.
He joined his laughing companions at the street corner, and with a shame-faced air admitted that the joke had been on him. MacBane gave up the chase, vowing threats of vengeance on the following Monday.
He joined his laughing friends at the corner of the street and, looking a bit embarrassed, admitted that the joke had been on him. MacBane gave up the pursuit, promising revenge next Monday.
"He'll forget all about it by then," assured Phil.
"He'll totally forget about it by then," Phil said confidently.
"I won't forget about it," declared Jerry. "Next time anybody offers me an apple I'll ask for an orange instead. You can't very well fill that with pepper. I'll get even with you, Chet."
"I won't forget," Jerry said. "Next time someone offers me an apple, I'll ask for an orange instead. You can't really fill that with pepper. I'll get back at you, Chet."
"You're welcome to try," replied the practical joker cheerfully. "But in the meantime let's plan this trip for to-morrow."
"Go ahead and give it a shot," the prankster said with a grin. "But for now, let's get our plans ready for the trip tomorrow."
As a result of their arrangements, the Hardy boys and their chums met in the barn back of the Hardy home early the next morning, all outfitted for a hike into the country. Each lad carried a substantial lunch, their mothers realizing that the noonday meal by the roadside is one of the chief features of such an outing. Phil and Tony were late, and the other boys put in the time by exercising in the Hardy boys' well equipped gymnasium, to which purpose the barn had been converted. Biff Hooper practised left hooks and uppercuts with desperate intensity and battered the punching bag until it hummed; Chet almost broke his neck attempting some complicated maneuvers on the parallel bars that were meant as an imitation of a circus bareback rider; Jerry contemplated his lunch and wondered if it were too soon after breakfast for a piece of pie.
As a result of their plans, the Hardy boys and their friends gathered in the barn behind the Hardy home early the next morning, all set for a hike in the countryside. Each boy brought a decent lunch, knowing that eating by the roadside is one of the main highlights of such an outing. Phil and Tony were running late, so the other boys killed time by working out in the well-equipped gym the barn had been turned into. Biff Hooper practiced left hooks and uppercuts with intense focus, hitting the punching bag until it buzzed; Chet nearly injured himself trying some tricky moves on the parallel bars, aiming to mimic a circus bareback rider; Jerry pondered his lunch and wondered if it was too soon after breakfast to have a slice of pie.
Phil Cohen and Tony Prito arrived together and the boys started off at last, trudging along the broad highway in the early morning sunlight, whistling away in the best of spirits. They were decorous enough while they were in the city limits, but once they struck the dusty country roads their natural activity asserted itself and they wrestled and tripped one another, ran impromptu races, picked berries by the roadside and laughed and shouted without a care in the world.
Phil Cohen and Tony Prito arrived together, and the boys finally set off, walking down the wide highway in the early morning sun, whistling happily. They behaved well while within the city limits, but once they hit the dusty country roads, their natural energy took over. They wrestled and tripped each other, raced spontaneously, picked berries by the roadside, and laughed and shouted without a worry.
The road skirted the Willow River, which ran among the farms and hills back of Bayport, through a pleasant, pastoral country. Toward the middle of the morning the boys left the road and struck out beneath the trees toward a secluded spot on the river, where they enjoyed a swim. For over an hour they splashed about in the cool water. Chet was the first to come ashore, and the others would have remained much longer had it not been for the discovery that their thoughtful companion, after getting dressed, was busying himself in the time-honored pastime of tying their clothes into knots.
The road lined the Willow River, which flowed through the farms and hills behind Bayport, in a nice, rural area. Around mid-morning, the boys left the road and made their way under the trees to a quiet spot by the river, where they took a swim. They splashed around in the cool water for over an hour. Chet was the first to get out, and the others would have stayed much longer if they hadn’t noticed that their considerate friend, after getting dressed, was keeping himself entertained by tying their clothes into knots.
Whereupon they scrambled out of the water and chased the chubby one into the shelter of some bushes, whence they were unable to pursue him further because the thorns hurt their bare feet and they were forced to retreat, hopping, toward the river bank while Chet jeered at them from the covert.
Whereupon they scrambled out of the water and chased the chubby one into the safety of some bushes, from where they couldn't follow him any further because the thorns hurt their bare feet, and they had to hop back toward the riverbank while Chet mocked them from the cover.
"Chaw on the beef!" he cried, in the time-honored way.
"Chew on the beef!" he shouted, in the traditional manner.
"Just you wait!" spluttered Joe, chewing on a knot with all his might.
"Just you wait!" Joe exclaimed, struggling with a tough piece of food.
"Am waiting," was the cheerful retort of the joker.
"Am waiting," was the cheerful reply of the joker.
"We'll skin you alive!" muttered Jerry.
"We'll skin you alive!" whispered Jerry.
"And salt you," added Frank.
"And add salt," Frank said.
But when they had untied the knots they gave chase and the plump jester was soon winded, although he had a good start. He puffed and panted as they chased him down the road in the dust. They caught up to him at the entrance to the lane leading into Carl Stummer's farm, forcibly divested him of his hiking-boots, socks and necktie and proceeded to wreak revenge.
But when they untied the knots, they took off after him and the chubby jester quickly got out of breath, even though he had a head start. He was huffing and puffing as they ran after him down the dusty road. They caught up to him at the entrance to the lane that led to Carl Stummer's farm, forcibly stripped him of his hiking boots, socks, and necktie, and then went on to get their revenge.
"We'll cure you of practical jokes for a while," promised Frank, with a grin, as he cast one boot into a field wherein a bad-natured bull was grazing, and the other into a field at the other side of the lane, with a heavy growth of thistles around the fence.
"We'll take a break from the practical jokes for a bit," Frank promised with a grin as he threw one boot into a field where an aggressive bull was grazing, and the other boot into a field on the other side of the lane, surrounded by a thick growth of thistles around the fence.
"See if you're as good at untying knots as you are at tying them," added Jerry, as he twisted Chet's necktie into a veritable Chinese puzzle.
"See if you're as good at untying knots as you are at tying them," added Jerry, as he twisted Chet's necktie into a real brain teaser.
"And now see how it feels to walk around in your bare feet," suggested Phil, as he hung one of Chet's socks over the limb of a tree some distance down the road and placed the other in the middle of a clump of brambles.
"And now see how it feels to walk around in your bare feet," suggested Phil, as he hung one of Chet's socks over a tree branch a little way down the road and tossed the other in the middle of a patch of brambles.
Biff Hooper and Tony then released the protesting Chet. They had been sitting on him in the middle of the lane while the others were performing their kindly offices. "We'll see you down at the farm," said Biff airily, as the lads went chuckling down the lane in the direction of Stummer's place.
Biff Hooper and Tony then let Chet, who had been resisting, go. They had been sitting on him in the middle of the road while the others were helping out. "We'll see you at the farm," Biff said casually, as the guys walked off laughing down the road towards Stummer's place.
Spluttering and vowing threats, Chet was forced to retrieve his clothes. When he sought to regain his boot from the pasture the bull saw him and rushed toward him with a bellow. Chet, in bare feet, just reached the fence in time and tumbled over into the bushes with the rescued boot. Then he had to step gingerly through the thistle patch in the other field before he could get the other boot. After that he had to climb a tree before he could reach one sock, and go plunging through the brambles before he could regain the other. When the laughing boys last saw him he was sitting by the roadside picking thistles from his feet and gazing hopelessly at his necktie.
Spluttering and making threats, Chet had to go get his clothes. When he tried to grab his boot from the pasture, the bull spotted him and charged with a roar. Chet, barefoot, barely made it to the fence in time and fell into the bushes with the boot he managed to save. Then he had to carefully walk through the thistle patch in the other field to get his other boot. After that, he had to climb a tree to reach one sock and then crash through the brambles to get the other one. The last time the laughing boys saw him, he was sitting by the roadside, picking thistles out of his feet and staring helplessly at his necktie.
"He's cured for a while now," chuckled Joe, as the boys came up into the barnyard of Stummer's farm.
"He's been cured for a while now," laughed Joe as the boys walked into the barnyard of Stummer's farm.
"Cure him? Never!" exclaimed Frank. "He'll be making us all step before the day is out."
"Cure him? No way!" exclaimed Frank. "He'll have us all stepping in line before the day is over."
CHAPTER VI
The Old Mill
The Old Mill
Carl Stummer, a lanky, shambling old farmer with drooping shoulders, a drooping mustache and a drooping pipe, was just coming in from the fields when the boys came through the barnyard gate.
Carl Stummer, a tall, awkward old farmer with slumped shoulders, a sagging mustache, and a bent pipe, was just coming in from the fields when the boys walked through the barnyard gate.
How he managed to chew a straw and smoke a pipe perpetually at the same time was always a fascinating mystery, but he could do it and always seemed to derive a great deal of satisfaction from the feat, stopping only to change the straw or fill the pipe at intervals. Some people had been known to have seen him without the straw and some had seen him without the pipe, but no one had ever seen him without one or the other.
How he managed to chew on a straw and smoke a pipe at the same time was always a fascinating mystery, but he could do it and always seemed to get a lot of satisfaction from the trick, pausing only to swap the straw or refill the pipe every so often. Some people claimed to have seen him without the straw, and some had seen him without the pipe, but no one had ever seen him without one or the other.
Chet Morton always stated it as a grave fact that Carl Stummer slept with his pipe in his mouth and a supply of fresh straws constantly by his bedside and that he changed them in his sleep.
Chet Morton always said it as a serious fact that Carl Stummer slept with his pipe in his mouth and a stock of fresh straws always available by his bedside, and that he switched them out while he slept.
"'Lo, boys!" he called, taking a firmer grip of the pipestem. "And what brings you here?"
"Hey, guys!" he called, gripping the pipe more tightly. "What brings you here?"
"How's the cherry crop, Mr. Stummer?" asked Frank.
"How's the cherry harvest, Mr. Stummer?" Frank asked.
"Fair to middlin'," replied Mr. Stummer doubtfully.
"Pretty decent," replied Mr. Stummer uncertainly.
This was a good sign, as Carl Stummer was rarely known to express an encouraging opinion about anything. If he said crops were poor, one might be reasonably certain that they were really fair. If he said they were "fair to middlin'" it might be inferred that they were excellent.
This was a good sign, as Carl Stummer was hardly ever known to share a positive opinion about anything. If he said the crops were poor, you could bet they were actually pretty decent. If he said they were "fair to middlin'," it probably meant they were excellent.
"Mother wants to know if you can let her have cherries to can this year."
"Mom wants to know if you can give her some cherries to can this year."
Mr. Stummer chewed with relish at the straw.
Mr. Stummer happily chewed on the straw.
"Most probably she kin," he agreed.
"Most likely she can," he agreed.
"She wanted to speak for them so that you'd keep her in mind at cherry-picking time."
"She wanted to represent them so that you'd remember her when it was time for cherry-picking."
"I'll remember," promised Stummer. "Mrs. Hardy has always been a good customer of mine. You tell her she can have all of them cherries that she wants."
"I'll remember," Stummer promised. "Mrs. Hardy has always been a great customer of mine. Just let her know she can have as many of those cherries as she wants."
"Thanks, Mr. Stummer. That's all we called about."
"Thanks, Mr. Stummer. That’s all we were calling about."
The farmer looked at them. His hands were plunged deep in the pockets of his faded overalls. The straw waggled beneath the drooping mustache.
The farmer stared at them, his hands buried deep in the pockets of his worn-out overalls. The straw fluttered under his sagging mustache.
"Out for a hike?" he ventured.
"Going for a hike?" he asked.
"Yes. We thought it would be a good day for it."
"Yeah. We figured it would be a great day for that."
"Yeah, pretty fair day for hikin'," agreed Mr. Stummer, glancing at the sky to make sure. "Where you thinkin' of goin'?"
"Yeah, it’s a pretty nice day for hiking," Mr. Stummer said, checking the sky to make sure. "Where are you planning to go?"
"Oh, we don't know. Just around the country."
"Oh, we have no idea. Just somewhere in the country."
"Yeah? Not goin' down by the old mill, are you?"
"Yeah? You’re not heading to the old mill, are you?"
"Turner's old mill?" asked Joe. "Down by the deserted road?"
"Turner's old mill?" Joe asked. "Is it the one down by the deserted road?"
"That's the place. Down by the river."
"That's the spot. By the river."
"Well, we hadn't thought particularly about going down there. Why do you ask?"
"Well, we hadn't really thought about going down there. Why do you ask?"
The straw waggled more violently than ever. Mr. Stummer took a long drag at the pipe, which was in imminent danger of going out.
The straw wiggled more wildly than ever. Mr. Stummer took a long puff from the pipe, which was on the verge of going out.
"Oh, I dunno," he said, with a reflective sigh. "Just thought I'd say somethin' about it. I wouldn't go down there if I was you."
"Oh, I don't know," he said, with a thoughtful sigh. "I just thought I'd mention it. I wouldn't go down there if I were you."
"Why not?" inquired Frank. "I know the place is deserted and it's almost falling down, but we can keep out of danger, can't we?"
"Why not?" Frank asked. "I know the place is empty and it’s nearly falling apart, but we can stay safe, right?"
"It ain't deserted now."
"It's not deserted now."
"What do you mean?"
"What do you mean?"
"There's three fellows running the mill now. Funny fellows they are. Been there for a couple of weeks."
"Three guys are running the mill now. They're pretty funny. They've been there for a couple of weeks."
The boys looked at one another in surprise. Turner's flour mill was located on a wild part of the Willow River. It had once been on a main road, but the construction of a new highway had left it on a deserted loop which was now seldom traversed. The mill had been abandoned for several years and seemed to have outlived its usefulness. No one had ever expected that the mill wheel would turn again.
The boys exchanged surprised glances. Turner's flour mill was situated in a remote area by the Willow River. It used to be on a main road, but the creation of a new highway had left it on a deserted loop that hardly anyone traveled anymore. The mill had been abandoned for several years and seemed to have lost its purpose. No one had ever thought the mill wheel would turn again.
"Are they running it as a flour mill?" asked Frank.
"Are they running it as a flour mill?" Frank asked.
Stummer nodded.
Stummer nodded.
"They don't do much outside grindin'. I sent 'em some of my wheat, but their prices was too high. They nearly skinned me alive, so they don't need to expect any more trade from me. I'll send my grain into Bayport after this, where I've always been sendin' it."
"They don’t do much besides grinding. I sent them some of my wheat, but their prices were too high. They almost ripped me off, so they shouldn’t expect any more business from me. I’ll be sending my grain to Bayport from now on, where I’ve always sent it."
"How do they expect to make a living then?"
"How do they expect to earn a living then?"
"They ain't lookin' for trade from the farmers. Matter of fact, I don't think they want it. They told me they're gettin' up some new kind of breakfast foods that the doctors are all goin' to take up. There's somethin' secret about it," went on Stummer, warming to the mystery. "They ain't sayin' anything until they get their patents. Why, they won't even let a man go through the mill."
"They're not looking for business from the farmers. In fact, I don't think they want it at all. They told me they're coming up with a new type of breakfast food that all the doctors are going to endorse. There’s something secretive about it," continued Stummer, getting more excited about the mystery. "They won’t say anything until they get their patents. Seriously, they won't even let anyone go through the mill."
"Three men, you say?"
"Three guys, you say?"
"Yeah. Three fellers. Sort of onpleasant lookin' chaps. And there's a boy there too. I forgot about him. Looks somethin' like you," he said, pointing to Joe.
"Yeah. Three guys. Kind of unpleasant-looking dudes. And there's a kid there too. I forgot about him. Looks something like you," he said, pointing to Joe.
"Have you ever seen any of them before?"
"Have you ever seen any of them before?"
Stummer shook his head.
Stummer shook his head.
"I guess they come from the city," he hazarded. "They come away down here so they could be quiet and work at this here breakfast food stuff of theirs without bein' bothered. That's why I said you shouldn't go down there. They don't like people hangin' around."
"I think they come from the city," he guessed. "They come down here so they can be quiet and focus on their breakfast food stuff without being disturbed. That's why I said you shouldn't go down there. They don't like people loitering around."
"Makes me curious to see the place," put in Jerry.
"Makes me curious to see the place," Jerry added.
The other boys gave murmurs of agreement.
The other boys nodded in agreement.
"Go along if you like," said Stummer, shrugging his shoulders. "It ain't none of my affair. Just thought I'd tell you, that's all. They don't like strangers around."
"Go ahead if you want," Stummer said, shrugging his shoulders. "It's not my business. Just thought I'd let you know, that’s all. They don’t like having strangers around."
"We won't bother them," promised Frank. "What do you say, fellows? Should we take a trip around that way or should we not?"
"We won't disturb them," Frank promised. "What do you think, guys? Should we take a trip that way or not?"
As usual, the mere fact that something of a mystery surrounded the old mill made all the boys eager to turn their steps in that direction.
As always, the fact that there was a bit of mystery around the old mill made all the boys eager to head that way.
"We'll go down the old road, anyway," said Joe. "I'd like to get a look at the place. It'll give us somewhere to go."
"We'll take the old road, anyway," said Joe. "I want to check out the place. It'll give us somewhere to go."
"Sure," agreed Phil. "We can eat our lunch on the way."
"Sure," Phil agreed. "We can have our lunch on the way."
"The vote seems to be in favor of it," said Frank, with a smile.
"The vote looks like it's going to pass," said Frank, smiling.
"Well," drawled Stummer, chewing vigorously at the straw, "don't blame me if you get chased away from the mill. I've warned you."
"Well," Stummer said lazily, chewing vigorously on the straw, "don't blame me if you get kicked out of the mill. I've given you a heads-up."
His eyes twinkled. His whole purpose in telling the lads of the mystery that surrounded the mill had been to send them in that direction, for he realized the attraction the place would have for the boys when they knew that the mill was running again. He was rather curious, too, about the three men who were in charge of the place and he thought that perhaps the boys might pick up some information that he had been unable to get.
His eyes sparkled. His whole aim in sharing the mystery about the mill with the guys was to steer them that way because he knew how appealing the place would be for the boys once they found out the mill was working again. He was also quite interested in the three men running the place and thought the boys might gather some information that he hadn’t been able to uncover.
"Have a good hike," he said, as he turned to go back to the farmhouse. "Don't get into any trouble."
"Have a great hike," he said as he turned to head back to the farmhouse. "Stay out of trouble."
"We won't," they assured him, and forthwith started back down the lane.
"We won't," they promised him, and immediately started back down the lane.
They met Chet, who had by this time managed to retrieve his belongings and was trudging along in the dust meditating ways and means of getting even with his companions. He was not vindictive and he had taken the joke in good part, grinning cheerfully as he saw them approach.
They ran into Chet, who by then had managed to grab his things and was walking through the dust, thinking of ways to get back at his friends. He wasn't bitter about it, and he took the joke well, smiling brightly as he saw them coming.
"Think you're pretty smart, don't you?" he said, in mock resentment, as they came near. "I've got so many thistles in my feet you'll have to carry me home now."
"Think you're pretty clever, huh?" he said, playfully annoyed, as they got closer. "I've got so many thorns in my feet you'll have to carry me home now."
With that he began to limp in an exaggerated manner, as though he had been completely crippled by his efforts to regain his socks and shoes.
With that, he started to limp dramatically, as if he had been utterly disabled by his struggle to get back his socks and shoes.
"We wouldn't carry you to the end of the lane," said Frank promptly. "You'd better keep your feet moving if you want to come with us."
"We're not going to carry you to the end of the road," Frank said quickly. "You should keep walking if you want to join us."
"Where are you going?"
"Where are you headed?"
"Down to the old mill. Stummer tells us the place is running again."
"Headed to the old mill. Stummer says it's up and running again."
"Hurray!" shouted Chet. "I'll race you!" and, forgetting all about his tender foot-soles, he led the crowd in a mad race toward the main road.
"Hurray!" shouted Chet. "I'll race you!" and, forgetting all about his sore feet, he led the crowd in a wild dash toward the main road.
CHAPTER VII
In the Mill Race
At the Mill Race
An hour later, the Hardy boys and their chums reached the vicinity of the old mill.
An hour later, the Hardy boys and their friends arrived near the old mill.
They had lunch in the shade of the trees along the deserted road, and it was early in the afternoon when they arrived at the top of the hill that overlooked the river.
They had lunch under the trees by the empty road, and it was early afternoon when they reached the top of the hill that looked over the river.
The old mill was a sturdy structure that had once been strong and imposing but was now weatherbeaten and showed the ravages of the years. The mill wheel turned slowly, creaking painfully as though it objected to being forced to labor again after its long rest.
The old mill was a solid building that used to be strong and impressive but was now worn down and showed the impact of time. The mill wheel turned slowly, creaking painfully as if it resented being made to work again after its long break.
Outside the front door, they could see three figures, two men and a boy. At that distance it was impossible to distinguish their features, but as the lads descended the hillside and drew closer they saw that the men were middle-aged fellows, far from reassuring in appearance.
Outside the front door, they could see three figures: two men and a boy. From that distance, it was impossible to make out their features, but as the guys came down the hillside and got closer, they noticed that the men were middle-aged and looked anything but comforting.
Because of Stummer's remarks, the Hardy boys and their chums took good care to keep to the shelter of the bushes as they went along the abandoned roadway, now overgrown with weeds and undergrowth. Their approach was not noticed, and at last they were standing not more than a hundred yards away from the mill, effectually concealed by the trees and shrubs.
Because of Stummer's comments, the Hardy boys and their friends made sure to stay hidden in the bushes as they walked along the deserted road, now covered in weeds and undergrowth. They went unnoticed, and soon they were standing no more than a hundred yards away from the mill, effectively hidden by the trees and shrubs.
"I don't like the looks of the men," remarked Frank, in a low voice.
"I don't like the way those guys look," Frank said quietly.
"Neither do I," agreed Joe.
"Me neither," agreed Joe.
One of the men was apparently about fifty years of age. He had a dirty, greying beard and he wore spectacles. He was clad in a torn and stained pair of overalls and his sleeves were rolled to the elbows, revealing his blackened arms.
One of the men was apparently around fifty years old. He had a dirty, graying beard and wore glasses. He was wearing a torn and stained pair of overalls, and his sleeves were rolled up to the elbows, showing his blackened arms.
"For a miller, there's mighty little flour on his hands," commented Frank. "He looks more like an automobile mechanic."
"For a miller, he doesn’t have much flour on his hands," Frank said. "He looks more like a car mechanic."
The other man, who looked older, was similarly attired, but he was of a more benevolent appearance. He did not wear glasses and his shaggy brows almost hid a pair of keen, sharp eyes. He fondled his long white beard reflectively as the other man talked to him in low tones.
The other man, who looked older, was dressed similarly but had a more friendly appearance. He didn't wear glasses, and his shaggy brows almost covered a pair of sharp, observant eyes. He stroked his long white beard thoughtfully as the other man spoke to him in hushed tones.
The boys could not overhear what the pair were saying, but they saw the boy, a fair, curly-headed youth of about fifteen, in ragged clothing, look up at the older man and say something to him.
The boys couldn't hear what the two were talking about, but they saw a fair, curly-haired boy around fifteen, wearing ragged clothes, look up at the older man and say something to him.
Instantly the old fellow lost his look of benevolent reflection. He gave the boy a cuff on the ear that almost staggered him.
Instantly, the old guy lost his look of kind contemplation. He gave the boy a smack on the ear that nearly knocked him off balance.
"Be off with you!" he ordered harshly. "Go away and play. Don't be hanging around here while we're talking."
"Get out of here!" he commanded sharply. "Go play somewhere else. Don’t stick around while we’re talking."
He spoke so loudly that his words could be clearly heard by the lads hidden in the bushes. The curly-headed boy stood his ground, and evidently repeated what he had said before, for the old man at once became furious.
He spoke so loud that his words could be clearly heard by the kids hiding in the bushes. The curly-haired boy stood his ground and clearly repeated what he had said before, causing the old man to become furious right away.
"Go away and play, I tell you!" he shouted in shrill tones. "I'll call you when I need you. And be sure you come in a hurry when you hear me."
"Go outside and play, I’m telling you!" he yelled in a high-pitched voice. "I’ll call you when I need you. And make sure you come in quickly when you hear me."
He reached behind him for a heavy cane that was leaning beside the doorway and he struck out viciously at the lad with it. But the boy dodged the blow and ran off toward the mill race, while the old man watched him go, muttering imprecations.
He reached behind him for a heavy cane leaning against the doorway and swung it fiercely at the boy. But the kid dodged the hit and ran off toward the mill race, while the old man watched him leave, muttering curses.
"Leave him alone," said the other man in a guttural voice. "We've got other things to attend to than that brat."
"Leave him alone," said the other man in a rough voice. "We have better things to deal with than that kid."
"He's a nuisance, I'll whale the hide off him when he comes back."
"He's a pain, I'll beat him up when he gets back."
"Leave him alone. Markel is waiting for us. Let's go inside."
"Leave him be. Markel's waiting for us. Let's head inside."
"All right—all right," muttered the old man peevishly. He turned and followed the other through the doorway.
"Okay—okay," the old man grumbled irritably. He turned and followed the other person through the doorway.
"Nice tempered old chap," remarked Jerry, when the pair had disappeared into the mill.
"Nice tempered old guy," said Jerry, when the two had gone into the mill.
"I'll say he is," declared Joe. "I don't think either of them is up to much."
"I'll say he is," Joe declared. "I don't think either of them is worth much."
"The young fellow looks all right," Chet said. "He looks as if he has a sweet life here with those men."
"The young guy seems fine," Chet said. "He looks like he has a great life here with those guys."
Phil said:
Phil said:
"I thought Stummer told us there were three men running the mill."
"I thought Stummer said there were three guys running the mill."
"They said something about Markel," Frank pointed out. "He's the man who is waiting for them inside the mill. That must be the other partner."
"They mentioned something about Markel," Frank pointed out. "He's the guy who's waiting for them inside the mill. That must be the other partner."
"Let's go up and talk to the kid," suggested Joe. "Perhaps we can dig something out of him about those men. They don't seem to treat him very well, anyway."
"Let's go talk to the kid," Joe suggested. "Maybe we can get some information from him about those guys. They don't seem to treat him very well, anyway."
The boy was walking along the side of the old mill race. The waters were very swift at this point, for the current was strong and the river was deep. The boy was trudging along the weatherbeaten planks, with his hands in his pockets, looking very disconsolate.
The boy was walking beside the old mill race. The water was moving quickly at this spot because the current was strong and the river was deep. The boy was trudging along the worn planks, with his hands in his pockets, looking quite downcast.
"Lonely looking boy," observed Tony. "They told him to run away and play. He looks as if he'd never played in his life."
"Lonely-looking boy," Tony noted. "They told him to go outside and play. He looks like he’s never played a day in his life."
"We'll go over and talk to him," Frank decided. "If those old chaps say anything to us about being around here we'll ask them to quote some prices on having some milling done."
"We'll go over and talk to him," Frank said. "If those old guys say anything to us about being here, we'll ask them to give us some quotes for having some milling done."
"I can do that!" exclaimed Chet. "Dad's a farmer, and he's often said he wished the old Turner mill was running again so he wouldn't have to haul his grain so far."
"I can do that!" Chet exclaimed. "My dad's a farmer, and he's always said he wishes the old Turner mill was up and running again so he wouldn't have to transport his grain such a long distance."
The boys emerged from the bushes and crossed the weed-grown open space near the front of the mill. The other lad had not yet seen them. He was standing by the mill race, some distance below, gazing into the water, now and then raising his head to look at the clacking wheel that turned monotonously in showers of dripping water.
The boys came out of the bushes and crossed the weedy open area in front of the mill. The other kid hadn’t noticed them yet. He was standing by the mill race, a little further down, staring into the water, occasionally looking up to watch the clacking wheel that turned endlessly in cascades of dripping water.
"I'm curious about this patent food story," Frank said. "It's queer there wasn't anything in the papers about it. Nobody except the farmers, like Stummer, seems to have heard about the mill being taken over."
"I'm curious about this patent food story," Frank said. "It's strange there wasn't anything in the news about it. Nobody except the farmers, like Stummer, seems to know about the mill being taken over."
"Oh, probably they want to keep it to themselves until everything is ready," Jerry pointed out. "I'll bet you're beginning to see some kind of mystery in this already, Frank. Chances are we'll just get kicked off the premises for our pains."
"Oh, they probably want to keep it to themselves until everything is ready," Jerry said. "I bet you're starting to sense some kind of mystery in this already, Frank. Chances are we'll just get kicked off the property for trying."
"Oh, I don't think there's any mystery about it," said Frank, with a smile. "But I'm just curious to know what it's all about."
"Oh, I don't think there's any mystery to it," said Frank, with a smile. "I'm just curious to know what it's all about."
"No law against that," Phil agreed. "If this breakfast food invention of theirs turns out to be something wonderful that makes us all live about twenty years longer, we can say we were among the very first to know about it."
"No law against that," Phil agreed. "If their breakfast food invention ends up being something amazing that helps us all live about twenty years longer, we can say we were among the first to find out about it."
By this time they had drawn closer to the mill race, and the boy standing there had raised his head and seen them.
By this time, they had gotten closer to the mill race, and the boy standing there had lifted his head and spotted them.
He was a good-looking fellow, not unlike Joe Hardy in appearance, as Carl Stummer had pointed out. But his face was pinched and drawn and there was a melancholy expression in his eyes.
He was a good-looking guy, somewhat similar to Joe Hardy in looks, as Carl Stummer had noted. But his face seemed tight and strained, and there was a sad look in his eyes.
"Looks as if he hadn't had a square meal in a month," Jerry remarked.
"Looks like he hasn't had a decent meal in a month," Jerry said.
The boy turned and began to move toward Frank and Joe.
The boy turned and started walking toward Frank and Joe.
He had gone only a few paces, however, when they saw him suddenly stumble. He had stepped upon a loose stone that had rolled from beneath his foot.
He had only walked a few steps, but then they watched him suddenly trip. He had stepped on a loose stone that had rolled out from under his foot.
He wavered uncertainly, striving to regain his balance. Then, with a shrill cry, he toppled over into the mill race and fell with a splash into the swiftly rushing torrent of water.
He hesitated, trying to find his footing. Then, with a sharp shout, he lost his balance and fell into the mill race, splashing down into the fast-moving water.
"Help!" he shouted, in terror. "Help!"
"Help!" he yelled, filled with fear. "Help!"
CHAPTER VIII
Joe's Courage
Joe's Bravery
The accident had happened so quickly that it was not for a few moments that the Hardy boys and their chums realized the lad's danger.
The accident happened so fast that it took the Hardy boys and their friends a few moments to realize the kid was in danger.
Then, as they saw him struggling in the torrent, they began to run toward the spot to which the lad was being rapidly carried.
Then, as they watched him struggling in the current, they started to run toward the place where the boy was being quickly swept away.
Joe was in the lead, and as he ran he was taking off his coat. Just below the mill race the river was full of rocks, and the rapids dashed over them in a boiling fury of spray and foam. If the youth were ever swept into the rapids he would be doomed.
Joe was in the lead, and as he ran, he was taking off his coat. Just below the mill race, the river was full of rocks, and the rapids crashed over them in a boiling fury of spray and foam. If the young man were ever swept into the rapids, he would be done for.
The other lads were not far behind Joe. The accident had not been seen from the mill, for no one appeared in the doorway, and the cries of the boy in the river evidently had not been heard by the men in the building.
The other guys were not far behind Joe. The accident hadn’t been noticed from the mill, since no one appeared in the doorway, and the cries of the boy in the river clearly hadn’t been heard by the men in the building.
"Help!" he was shouting. "Help!"
"Help!" he was screaming. "Help!"
He was struggling in the water, being swept irresistibly on toward the deadly rapids.
He was fighting in the water, being pulled uncontrollably toward the dangerous rapids.
"I can't swim!"
"I can't swim!"
Joe reached the bank, paused to kick off his shoes, then stood poised for a moment above the rushing waters. He dived into the mill race, disappeared beneath the surface, then rose just a few yards away from the struggling boy.
Joe got to the bank, kicked off his shoes, and stood for a moment above the fast-moving water. He dove into the mill race, vanished below the surface, and then surfaced just a few yards away from the struggling boy.
The lad had already gone under once and was gasping for breath. He was just about to go under for the second time when Joe swam toward him with strong, steady strokes and grasped him by the collar.
The kid had already gone under once and was gasping for air. He was just about to go under for the second time when Joe swam over to him with strong, steady strokes and grabbed him by the collar.
Frantically, the boy tried to seize his rescuer, but Joe was ready for that. He knew that the unreasoning grip of a drowning person is of the utmost danger, so he managed to stay at arm's length and at the back of the boy.
Frantically, the boy tried to grab his rescuer, but Joe was prepared for that. He understood that the desperate grip of a drowning person is extremely dangerous, so he managed to keep his distance and stayed behind the boy.
"Hold steady!" he shouted, above the roar of waters. "Hold steady! Keep cool!"
"Hold steady!" he yelled over the sound of the rushing water. "Hold steady! Stay calm!"
His words had some effect in restoring the lad to his senses and the boy, feeling the supporting grasp on his collar, ceased his struggles.
His words helped bring the boy back to his senses, and feeling the steady grip on his collar, he stopped fighting.
But the danger was not yet over. The current was so strong that they were both being carried headlong downstream toward the rapids.
But the danger wasn't over yet. The current was so strong that they were both being swept downstream toward the rapids.
Joe could see the jagged rocks silhouetted against a background of flying spray and foaming water. If once they were swept into that maelstrom they would be battered to death.
Joe could see the jagged rocks outlined against a backdrop of flying spray and frothy water. If they were ever caught in that whirlpool, they would be crushed to death.
He was handicapped by the weight of the boy, but he turned toward the shore and exerted all his efforts in swimming toward the bank. But he made little progress. The current was too strong for him.
He struggled with the weight of the boy, but he turned toward the shore and put all his energy into swimming toward the bank. However, he made little headway. The current was too strong for him.
The other lads, running along the bank, were watching the scene in consternation.
The other guys, running along the riverbank, were watching the scene in shock.
"He'll never make it!" declared Jerry. "The current is too much for him."
"He's not going to make it!" Jerry said. "The current is too strong for him."
They could see Joe's tense face as he pitted his strength against the force of the current and desperately strove to make his way toward the bank. He was still clinging to the boy, who was commencing his struggles anew.
They could see Joe's tense face as he battled against the force of the current, desperately trying to make his way toward the bank. He was still holding onto the boy, who was starting to struggle again.
They were being swept closer to the rapids every moment. There were a number of rocks rising above the surface of the river just a few feet ahead, and beyond that was a smooth, deep, swiftly flowing sheet of water that swept past the willows at the bend and ended in a quarter of a mile of rough, turbulent water, rapids and falls.
They were being pulled closer to the rapids with each passing moment. A few feet ahead, several rocks jutted out above the surface of the river, and beyond that lay a smooth, deep sheet of water flowing quickly past the willows at the bend, leading to a quarter mile of rough, choppy water, rapids, and falls.
"I'm going to help him!" exclaimed Frank, suddenly.
"I'm going to help him!" Frank exclaimed, suddenly.
He stopped on the bank and flung off his coat, then started to untie his shoelaces in order to kick his light shoes aside.
He paused on the shore and tossed off his coat, then began to unlace his shoes so he could kick them aside.
But in the meantime Joe had managed to catch at a projecting rock with his free hand, so Chet put a restraining hand on Frank's arm.
But in the meantime, Joe had managed to grab onto a jutting rock with his free hand, so Chet placed a restraining hand on Frank's arm.
For a moment it seemed that the current would make Joe lose his grip, but he clung to the rock and drew himself closer until he had wrapped his arm about it. The rest of the rock was wide and flat and lay just a few inches beneath the surface.
For a moment, it looked like the current would make Joe lose his grip, but he held onto the rock and pulled himself closer until he had wrapped his arm around it. The rest of the rock was wide and flat and lay just a few inches below the surface.
Slowly, Joe clambered on to this precarious refuge, dragging the half-conscious boy with him. The rock was big enough to provide foot-hold for them both.
Slowly, Joe climbed onto this shaky refuge, pulling the half-conscious boy with him. The rock was large enough to give them both a foothold.
The boy was unable to help himself, as he was limp and weak from his experience. Just as he was almost on the rock Joe lost his grip on the lad's collar for a second, and the current whirled him to one side. The lad toppled backward, striking his head on the rock, but Joe made a frantic grab for him, at imminent risk of precipitating himself into the water again.
The boy couldn't help himself, feeling limp and weak from what he had been through. Just as he was about to reach the rock, Joe briefly lost his hold on the kid's collar, and the current swept him to the side. The kid fell backward, hitting his head on the rock, but Joe made a desperate grab for him, putting himself at serious risk of falling into the water again.
His fingers closed about the back of the lad's shirt and he managed to haul the boy to safety once more.
His fingers gripped the back of the boy's shirt, and he succeeded in pulling him to safety once again.
But the blow had rendered the lad unconscious. He lay limply on the flat rock, with the water breaking about his body, while Joe, his clothes drenched, clung to him.
But the hit had knocked the boy out. He lay motionless on the flat rock, with the water splashing around him, while Joe, his clothes soaked, held on to him.
"Get help! Get a rope!" Joe shouted, to his companions on the bank.
"Help! Bring me a rope!" Joe yelled to his friends on the riverbank.
Frank and Chet lost no time.
Frank and Chet didn't waste any time.
They fled back toward the old mill.
They ran back toward the old mill.
The affair in the river had passed unnoticed by the millers, and when Chet and Frank rushed up to the front door they found no one in sight.
The incident by the river went unnoticed by the millers, and when Chet and Frank hurried to the front door, they found no one around.
"I'm going inside," declared Frank. "We'll have to get a rope or they'll be swept off that rock in no time."
"I'm going inside," Frank said. "We need to get a rope or they'll be swept off that rock in no time."
The door was closed, but he pushed it open and entered the dim interior of the mill. But hardly had he stepped inside, with Chet at his heels, than he ran into the arms of one of the men whom he had seen outside the doorway some time previously.
The door was closed, but he pushed it open and stepped into the dim interior of the mill. But barely had he entered, with Chet right behind him, when he found himself face to face with one of the guys he had seen outside the doorway a little while ago.
"Hi, what do you want?" demanded the man angrily. He seized Frank by the shoulders and tried to push him back, out of the building. At the same time the other man came running out of a near-by door.
"Hey, what do you want?" the man yelled angrily. He grabbed Frank by the shoulders and tried to shove him back, out of the building. At the same time, the other man rushed out of a nearby door.
"What's going on here?" he shouted wrathfully. "What's all this about? Get out of here, you boys!"
"What's happening here?" he shouted angrily. "What’s all this about? Get out of here, you guys!"
The sound of voices evidently attracted the attention of a third man, for he, too, came running out of the shadows, carrying a heavy club, which he brandished threateningly.
The sound of voices clearly caught the attention of a third man, who also ran out of the shadows, swinging a heavy club that he held in a threatening manner.
"What do you want here?" he shouted excitedly. He was short and broad-shouldered, with a dirty kerchief knotted about his neck.
"What do you want here?" he shouted excitedly. He was short and broad-shouldered, with a dirty bandana tied around his neck.
"We want a rope," Frank explained, taken aback by this hostile demonstration. "Your boy is drowning in the mill race!"
"We need a rope," Frank said, surprised by this aggressive display. "Your kid is drowning in the mill stream!"
The three men became immediately concerned. They crowded about, asking questions.
The three men quickly became worried. They huddled together, firing off questions.
"What boy?"
"Which boy?"
"Where is he?"
"Where's he?"
"What do you want a rope for?"
"What do you need a rope for?"
"He fell into the river a few minutes ago. If we don't hurry he'll be drowned. My brother rescued him and they're both on a rock down near the rapids," Frank said hurriedly. "Get a rope—quick!"
"He fell into the river a few minutes ago. If we don't hurry, he'll drown. My brother rescued him and they're both on a rock near the rapids," Frank said quickly. "Get a rope—fast!"
"Get a rope, Markel!" shouted the bespectacled old man to the fellow with the club. "Hurry up!"
"Get a rope, Markel!" yelled the old man with glasses to the guy with the club. "Hurry up!"
Markel dropped the club and ran back into the room from which he had come. In a few moments he returned, dragging a length of stout rope.
Markel dropped the club and ran back into the room he had just left. In a few moments, he came back, dragging a thick piece of rope.
"Where is he now?" asked the old man. "Lead the way."
"Where is he now?" the old man asked. "Show me the way."
The men of the mill had forgotten their first animosity when told of the plight of the boy, and now they followed Chet and Frank as the two boys ran outside again and raced along the bank to the place where the other boys were standing in an excited group, shouting advice and encouragement to Joe, who was still clinging to the rock.
The guys at the mill had put aside their initial hostility when they heard about the boy's situation, and now they chased after Chet and Frank as the two boys ran outside again and dashed along the bank to where the other boys were gathered in an excited huddle, shouting tips and cheering on Joe, who was still hanging onto the rock.
Markel stumbled along the bank with the rope, and when he reached the group of boys they moved back to give him space. He coiled the rope loosely in one hand, then whirled the free end of it about his head and flung it out into the stream.
Markel stumbled along the riverbank with the rope, and when he got to the group of boys, they stepped back to give him room. He loosely coiled the rope in one hand, then swung the free end around his head and threw it into the stream.
But the rope fell short. Joe made a frantic grab for it, but Markel had misjudged the distance.
But the rope fell short. Joe made a desperate grab for it, but Markel had miscalculated the distance.
"Here—let me try it," demanded the oldest of the three men, pushing Markel impatiently to one side. He seized the loose end of the rope, drew the remainder of it from the rushing water, then cast it out to Joe.
"Here—let me try it," insisted the oldest of the three men, shoving Markel aside. He grabbed the loose end of the rope, pulled the rest of it from the rushing water, and then tossed it out to Joe.
The rope whirled through the air, missed Joe's outstretched fingers by inches, then splashed into the water.
The rope spun through the air, barely missing Joe's outstretched fingers, then splashed into the water.
Again the old man drew the rope back, again he swung it about his head and again it arched out above the river.
Again the old man pulled the rope back, swung it around his head, and again it arched out over the river.
This time it fell against Joe's shoulders. The youth, still clinging to the unconscious form on the rock, hastily grabbed at it, seized it, and began hastily tying it about his shoulders, underneath his arms.
This time it landed on Joe's shoulders. The young man, still holding onto the unconscious person on the rock, quickly grabbed it, secured it, and started tying it around his shoulders, under his arms.
He was handicapped by the fact that he had but one arm free, but at last he had the rope securely knotted.
He was limited by the fact that he only had one arm free, but eventually he got the rope tied securely.
The old man was greatly excited. He had noticed that the boy had not moved and that Joe had to cling to him to keep him from being swept off the rock.
The old man was really excited. He noticed that the boy hadn’t moved and that Joe had to hold on to him to keep him from being swept off the rock.
"Lester!" he shouted. "Lester! Are you all right?"
"Lester!" he yelled. "Lester! Are you okay?"
"He hit his head on a rock and it knocked him out," explained Jerry. "I don't think he's badly hurt."
"He hit his head on a rock and got knocked out," Jerry explained. "I don't think he's seriously hurt."
At that moment Joe looked up and waved to them, as a signal that they could begin towing him ashore. He tightened his hold on the unconscious boy, then eased himself off the rock.
At that moment, Joe looked up and waved to them as a sign that they could start towing him to shore. He tightened his grip on the unconscious boy and then carefully eased himself off the rock.
The old man, Frank and Markel seized the end of the rope, and as Joe released his hold of the rock they began to pull.
The old man, Frank, and Markel grabbed the end of the rope, and as Joe let go of the rock, they started to pull.
The rope was an old one and Frank noticed, with alarm, that it was worn and frayed. Would it hold?
The rope was old, and Frank noticed, with concern, that it was worn and frayed. Would it hold?
The figures in the water bobbed up and down in the waves, sometimes submerged completely. Bit by bit, they were drawn toward the bank.
The figures in the water bobbed up and down in the waves, sometimes going underwater completely. Slowly, they were pulled toward the shore.
But their combined weight and the strength of the current proved too much for the rope.
But their combined weight and the force of the current were too much for the rope.
When they were but a few yards from shore the rope abruptly snapped.
When they were just a few yards from the shore, the rope suddenly snapped.
The men and the boys on the bank staggered back as the loose end of the rope spun through the air.
The men and boys on the shore stumbled back as the free end of the rope whipped through the air.
Joe and Lester were swept away in the swift current!
Joe and Lester were carried away by the fast current!
CHAPTER IX
The Rescue
The Rescue
Frank Hardy had seen that the rope was insecure. He had already laid a plan of action in case the rope broke.
Frank Hardy noticed that the rope was loose. He had already come up with a plan in case the rope snapped.
The rapids were just around the bend in the river. The stream was narrow at that point and willow trees overhung the bank. The moment the rope broke Frank leaped into action.
The rapids were just around the corner in the river. The stream was narrow there, and willow trees hung over the bank. The instant the rope snapped, Frank sprang into action.
He stumbled free of the group and raced along the river bank toward the willows. He could see Joe struggling helplessly in the swiftly flowing stream and he knew that if the current once carried him beyond the willows his brother would be doomed. No human being could live in those tossing rapids.
He broke away from the group and hurried along the riverbank towards the willows. He saw Joe fighting for his life in the fast-moving stream, and he realized that if the current took him past the willows, his brother would be lost. No one could survive in those churning rapids.
Could he reach the trees in time? Would the current carry Joe and Lester close enough to the bank to enable him to rescue them? Would he be able to hold them until help arrived?
Could he reach the trees in time? Would the current carry Joe and Lester close enough to the bank for him to rescue them? Would he be able to hold onto them until help arrived?
The bank suddenly dipped and he hurried down the grassy slope toward the willows. He was still in advance of the struggling figure in the stream and he knew that he had a chance, although it was but a slim chance at best, of rescuing his brother and the strange boy.
The bank suddenly dropped, and he rushed down the grassy slope toward the willows. He was still ahead of the struggling figure in the stream, and he knew he had a chance, even if it was just a slim one, of saving his brother and the strange boy.
He reached the willows at last. They grew out over the smooth and rushing water. Frank ran to the edge of the soggy bank, grasped one of the trees, and leaned out over the stream.
He finally reached the willows. They hung over the smooth, flowing water. Frank ran to the edge of the soft bank, grabbed one of the trees, and leaned out over the stream.
So far, luck was with him, for Joe was still a few yards away. But he was still too far out in the water to enable Frank to grasp him as he passed.
So far, luck was on his side because Joe was still a few yards away. But he was still too far out in the water for Frank to grab him as he went by.
But Joe had guessed Frank's intention. As well as he could, in spite of the fact that he was handicapped by the weight of the unconscious Lester, he tried to struggle closer toward the shore.
But Joe had figured out Frank's plan. As best as he could, despite the burden of the unconscious Lester, he tried to move closer to the shore.
The current was with him, for it swung close to the bend at this point and it swept Joe directly beneath the overhanging willow to which Frank was clinging, steadying himself with his feet on the bank.
The current was with him, as it swung close to the bend at this point and swept Joe directly beneath the overhanging willow where Frank was holding on, steadying himself with his feet on the bank.
As Joe was swept beneath him, Frank reached far down. For one breathless second he thought he had missed his brother's outstretched hand. Then their fingers met and he gripped Joe tightly, hanging on to him with all his strength.
As Joe was pulled underneath him, Frank reached deep down. For one breathless second, he thought he had missed his brother's outstretched hand. Then their fingers touched, and he held on to Joe tightly, clinging to him with all his strength.
The willow bent and swayed beneath the added weight, but Frank held firm. The muscles of his arm ached with the strain and he knew that he could not hold out long, but already he could hear shouts and the sounds of running feet that told him the others were coming to the rescue.
The willow bent and swayed under the extra weight, but Frank stayed strong. The muscles in his arm throbbed with the effort, and he knew he couldn't keep this up for much longer, but he could already hear shouts and the sound of running feet signaling that help was on the way.
"Hang on! We're coming!" Chet was shouting, and a moment later Frank heard his chum threshing through the bushes. Phil and the others were close behind.
"Hang on! We're coming!" Chet shouted, and a moment later Frank heard his friend crashing through the bushes. Phil and the others were right behind him.
With his companions clinging to him, Frank managed to drag Joe ashore, still grasping the clothes of the unconscious boy. Dripping wet, Joe scrambled up on the bank, and together they carried Lester out of the willows on to the grass.
With his friends holding onto him, Frank managed to pull Joe to the shore, still clutching the clothes of the unconscious boy. Soaking wet, Joe scrambled up the bank, and together they carried Lester out of the willows and onto the grass.
First aid was immediately rendered. Lester was not seriously hurt. He had swallowed a great quantity of water and the blow on the head had stunned him, but after a while he stirred and opened his eyes. The old man looked relieved, although the other two men watched the scene with indifference.
First aid was given right away. Lester wasn’t seriously injured. He had swallowed a lot of water, and the hit on his head had knocked him out for a bit, but after a while, he moved and opened his eyes. The old man looked relieved, while the other two men watched the situation with indifference.
When Lester was finally able to sit up his first question was.
When Lester was finally able to sit up, his first question was.
"Who saved me?"
"Who rescued me?"
Frank indicated his brother.
Frank pointed to his brother.
"Joe did."
"Joe did it."
Lester struggled to his feet and gratefully shook Joe's hand.
Lester pushed himself up and appreciated Joe's handshake.
"I don't know how to thank you," he said simply. "But you know I'm grateful. I would have been drowned if it hadn't been for you."
"I don't know how to thank you," he said simply. "But you know I'm grateful. I would have drowned if it weren't for you."
Joe was embarrassed.
Joe felt embarrassed.
"It was him, really," he said, indicating Frank. "If it hadn't been for him we'd have both been in the rapids by now."
"It was him, really," he said, pointing to Frank. "If it hadn't been for him, we would both be in the rapids by now."
Lester grasped Frank by the hand.
Lester took Frank's hand.
"I have both of you to thank, then. You risked your lives for me."
"I owe both of you my gratitude. You put your lives on the line for me."
The old man nodded.
The elderly man nodded.
"It was brave work," he said reluctantly. "I'm mighty thankful to you boys for saving the lad. And after this," he said harshly to Lester, "stay away from that mill race. I've told you fifty times that you're liable to get drowned fooling around there. Next time you mightn't be so lucky."
"It was brave work," he said with reluctance. "I really appreciate you guys for saving the kid. And from now on," he said sharply to Lester, "stay away from that mill race. I've told you fifty times that you could drown messing around there. Next time you might not be so lucky."
"I'm sorry, Uncle Dock," answered the boy.
"I'm sorry, Uncle Dock," the boy replied.
The party made their way back toward the mill and the boys were conscious of the sullen glances of the two men who were with "Uncle Dock." It was clear that the pair wished the lads would go away.
The group headed back to the mill, and the boys noticed the annoyed looks from the two men with "Uncle Dock." It was obvious that they wanted the kids to leave.
"Better take the kid inside and let him dry his clothes," advised Markel roughly, gesturing to Lester. "We'd better get back to work."
"Better take the kid inside and let him dry off," Markel said gruffly, pointing to Lester. "We should get back to work."
Joe's clothes were soaked, but the offer evidently did not include him.
Joe's clothes were soaked, but it was clear that the offer didn't include him.
"Have you got a fire in the mill?" he hinted hopefully.
"Do you have a fire in the mill?" he suggested with optimism.
Uncle Dock glanced at Markel, who shook his head in a surly manner.
Uncle Dock looked at Markel, who grimaced and shook his head.
"No," he answered. "Lester can go to bed until his clothes dry."
"No," he replied. "Lester can go to bed until his clothes dry."
"My own clothes are pretty wet."
"My clothes are soaked."
Markel affected not to hear this remark, but hastened on toward the mill.
Markel pretended not to hear this comment but quickly moved on toward the mill.
"When did you take over the mill?" asked Frank of the old man.
"When did you take over the mill?" Frank asked the old man.
"A few weeks ago."
"A couple of weeks ago."
"What are your prices for milling?" asked Chet. "My father was saying the other day that he wished the old Turner mill would open again. If he had known you were running the place he would have been over by now. He can put a lot of trade your way."
"What are your prices for milling?" Chet asked. "My dad was saying the other day that he wished the old Turner mill would open again. If he had known you were running the place, he would have been over by now. He could bring a lot of business your way."
Uncle Dock hesitated and glanced at the other man.
Uncle Dock paused and looked over at the other guy.
"You'd better talk to him, Kurt."
"You should talk to him, Kurt."
"Our prices are pretty high," said Kurt shortly. "We're makin' breakfast foods, chiefly."
"Our prices are quite high," Kurt said briefly. "We're mainly making breakfast foods."
"But don't you need grain?"
"But don't you need food?"
"We're pretty well stocked up."
"We're well stocked."
"What are your milling prices, anyway?" persisted Chet.
"What are your milling prices, by the way?" Chet pressed on.
Kurt thought for a moment, then gave Chet a list of prices which were so greatly in excess of those charged by the Bayport mills that they were prohibitive.
Kurt thought for a moment, then gave Chet a list of prices that were so much higher than those charged by the Bayport mills that they were unaffordable.
"Why, that's higher than dad would want to pay," Chet said.
"Wow, that's way more than what Dad would be willing to pay," Chet said.
Uncle Dock shrugged his shoulders.
Uncle Dock shrugged.
"Take it or leave it. We ain't askin' for his trade."
"Take it or leave it. We're not asking for his trade."
"You won't get it. Not at those prices."
"You won't understand. Not at those prices."
It was quite evident that Uncle Dock and his strange associates were not desirous of encouraging any outside trade for the old mill, However, Frank realized that the men had a right to manufacture patented food in secret if they wished, so he nudged Chet as a signal against any further questions.
It was clear that Uncle Dock and his odd associates didn't want to promote any outside business for the old mill. However, Frank understood that the men had the right to secretly produce patented food if they wanted to, so he nudged Chet as a signal to stop asking more questions.
They had reached the door of the mill by now, and Markel hustled Lester inside before he had a chance to say anything further to the boys, although the lad cast an appealing glance behind as though he would have liked again to express his thanks to his rescuers.
They had arrived at the mill’s door, and Markel quickly urged Lester inside before he could say anything more to the boys, even though the kid shot a wistful look back as if he wanted to thank his saviors once more.
"Where do you fellows live?" asked Kurt, peering at them from under his shaggy eyebrows.
"Where do you guys live?" asked Kurt, looking at them from under his messy eyebrows.
"Bayport."
"Bayport."
"You're a long way from home."
"You're so far from home."
"We're just on a hike," explained Frank. "We just thought we'd come around this way."
"We're just on a hike," Frank explained. "We thought we'd take this route."
"You'll be late for supper if you don't hurry back."
"You'll be late for dinner if you don't hurry back."
This broad hint was not lost on the boys. It was clear that the men wanted to get rid of them.
This obvious hint wasn't missed by the boys. It was clear that the men wanted to get rid of them.
"I guess we'll be on our way. We'll go in for a swim farther up the river so Joe can have a chance to dry his clothes."
"I guess we're ready to head out. We'll swim further upstream so Joe can have a chance to dry his clothes."
This seemed to remind Uncle Dock of the fact that Joe had, after all, saved Lester's life. He reached for his pocket.
This seemed to remind Uncle Dock that Joe had, after all, saved Lester's life. He reached for his pocket.
"I'd like to reward you for saving the lad," he said, becoming suddenly affable. Joe shook his head, and when Uncle Dock took two five dollar bills from his pocket and offered them to the boys, one to Frank and the other to Joe, they disclaimed any intention of accepting money for what had plainly been their duty.
"I want to thank you for saving the kid," he said, suddenly friendly. Joe shook his head, and when Uncle Dock pulled out two five-dollar bills from his pocket and offered one to Frank and the other to Joe, they both said they had no intention of accepting money for what was clearly their duty.
But no sooner had Uncle Dock extended the bills than the other man, Kurt, gave a muffled exclamation and stepped forward. He snatched the money from Uncle Dock's hands and quickly turned around, with his back to the boys.
But as soon as Uncle Dock handed over the bills, the other man, Kurt, let out a muffled exclamation and stepped forward. He grabbed the money from Uncle Dock's hands and quickly turned around, facing away from the boys.
The interruption was only of about a second's duration, for Kurt at once wheeled about and again extended the money. He gave a short, nervous laugh.
The interruption lasted just about a second, as Kurt quickly turned around and offered the money again. He let out a brief, nervous laugh.
"My mistake!" he said. "I thought he was only offering you a dollar each. You deserve five. It's all right. Here—take it."
"My bad!" he said. "I thought he was just offering you a dollar each. You deserve five. It’s fine. Here—take it."
He thrust the money upon them but they refused. Kurt did not press the point. He put the bills back in his own pocket.
He shoved the money at them, but they declined. Kurt didn't push the issue. He put the bills back in his own pocket.
"All right. If you won't, I suppose there's no use arguing," he said, with evident relief. "But we're very grateful to you just the same. Well, Dock, what say we get back to work?" he continued, turning to his companion.
"Okay. If you’re not going to, I guess there's no point in arguing," he said, clearly relieved. "But we really appreciate you regardless. So, Dock, what do you think about getting back to work?" he added, turning to his friend.
Uncle Dock turned away and went back into the mill with Kurt.
Uncle Dock turned away and headed back into the mill with Kurt.
"It's plain they don't want us hanging around," said Joe, with a rueful glance at his clothes. "Let's go on up the river so I can throw these clothes over a hickory limb and get 'em dried out before we start back home."
"It's clear they don't want us sticking around," Joe said, glancing down at his clothes with a grimace. "Let's head up the river so I can toss these clothes over a hickory branch and get them dried out before we head back home."
CHAPTER X
The New Boat
The New Boat
A week went by, a week in which the Hardy boys and their chums again wrestled with refractory Latin phrases and geometrical problems, as the examinations drew near. There was little time for fun, even outside school hours. The boys were all overcome by that helpless feeling that comes with the approach of examinations, the feeling that everything they had ever known had somehow escaped their memory and that as fast as they learned one fact they forgot another.
A week passed, a week in which the Hardy boys and their friends once again struggled with tricky Latin phrases and geometry problems as exams approached. There was little time for fun, even after school. The boys were all overwhelmed by that helpless feeling that comes with the approach of exams, the feeling that everything they had ever learned had somehow slipped their minds and that as soon as they memorized one fact, they forgot another.
But the week was over at last and on Saturday morning Fenton Hardy looked up from his newspaper with a quiet smile.
But the week was finally over, and on Saturday morning, Fenton Hardy looked up from his newspaper with a quiet smile.
"What's the program for to-day?" he asked of his sons.
"What's the plan for today?" he asked his sons.
"Nothing in particular," said Frank. "I was thinking I'd dig into the Latin for an hour or so, although I'm so sick of the sight of that book that I'd like to throw it out the window."
"Nothing really," said Frank. "I was thinking I’d study some Latin for an hour or so, but I’m so tired of that book that I’d love to throw it out the window."
"I'm away behind in my algebra," spoke up Joe. "But it's too nice a day to study. Anyway, I've been working hard all week."
"I'm really behind in my algebra," Joe said. "But it's too nice outside to study. Anyway, I've been working hard all week."
"Perhaps if you went down to the boathouse you might find something there," suggested their father casually.
"Maybe if you head down to the boathouse, you'll find something there," their dad casually suggested.
The boys stared incredulously. Then they gave a simultaneous whoop of delight.
The boys stared in disbelief. Then they let out a simultaneous shout of joy.
"You don't mean to say the motorboat is here?" exclaimed Frank.
"You can't be serious that the motorboat is here?" Frank exclaimed.
Their father had taken charge of the buying of the motorboat for them. They had not expected that the craft would arrive until the start of the summer holidays.
Their dad had handled getting the motorboat for them. They didn’t think the boat would show up until the beginning of summer break.
Fenton Hardy merely smiled and turned to the financial page.
Fenton Hardy just smiled and turned to the financial page.
"It mightn't be a bad idea to go down to the boathouse anyway," he said.
"It might not be a bad idea to head down to the boathouse anyway," he said.
The boys needed no further urging. Within a few seconds they were scrambling for their caps, within the minute they were racing down the front steps, and soon they were hastening toward Barmet Bay.
The boys didn't need any more encouragement. Within seconds, they were grabbing their caps, and in under a minute, they were dashing down the front steps, quickly making their way toward Barmet Bay.
In preparation for the arrival of the motorboat they had rented a boathouse on the southern shore of the bay, at the foot of the street on which they lived. During the week, Mr. Hardy had obtained the key from them on some pretext, but they had thought nothing of it. Now everything was clear.
In preparation for the arrival of the motorboat, they had rented a boathouse on the southern shore of the bay, at the end of the street where they lived. During the week, Mr. Hardy had borrowed the key from them under some pretense, but they hadn’t thought much of it. Now everything made sense.
"The boat must have arrived here during the week and he had it taken to the boathouse without telling us about it," said Frank.
"The boat must have gotten here during the week, and he had it taken to the boathouse without mentioning it to us," Frank said.
"I guess he was afraid we wouldn't do much studying for the rest of the week if we knew it was there."
"I think he was worried we wouldn't study much for the rest of the week if we knew it was available."
"I guess we wouldn't have, either."
"I guess we wouldn't have, either."
When they reached the boathouse they could hardly contain themselves in their eagerness to see if the boat had indeed arrived. Frank inserted the key in the lock and opened the door. They stepped inside.
When they got to the boathouse, they could barely hold back their excitement to see if the boat had actually arrived. Frank put the key in the lock and opened the door. They stepped inside.
There, rocking gently in the waves, was a long, graceful craft, white with gilt trimmings, a motorboat that gave an immediate impression of strength and power without the sacrifice of graceful lines. There was a flag at the bow and at the stern; the fittings glistened; the seats were upholstered in leather, and across the bow was the name of the boat in raised letters: SLEUTH. The name had been chosen by the Hardy boys previous to the purchase of the craft and after much argument.
There, gently swaying in the waves, was a long, sleek boat, white with gold trim, a motorboat that instantly conveyed strength and power while maintaining its elegant design. There was a flag at both the front and back; the fixtures sparkled; the seats were covered in leather, and the name of the boat was displayed in raised letters across the front: SLEUTH. The name had been picked by the Hardy boys before getting the boat and after a lot of debate.
"She's a beauty!" breathed Frank in deep admiration.
"She's gorgeous!" Frank said, filled with admiration.
"I'll say!"
"Definitely!"
"The smoothest looking boat on the bay!"
"The sleekest boat on the bay!"
"And I'll bet it's the fastest."
"And I bet it's the fastest."
"Oh, boy, if we'd only known this was here all week!"
"Oh man, if we had only known this was here all week!"
Without further ado, the boys descended from the landing stage and got into the boat to inspect the craft more closely. Everything they saw only served to confirm their first impression that the Sleuth was without doubt the neatest, most compact and most beautiful motorboat ever launched. The fittings were bright and shining, the wheel responded to the lightest touch.
Without wasting any time, the boys stepped down from the dock and climbed into the boat to take a closer look. Everything they saw only reinforced their initial impression that the Sleuth was definitely the sleekest, most compact, and most beautiful motorboat ever made. The fixtures were polished and gleaming, and the steering wheel reacted to the slightest touch.
"How's the gas and oil?" asked Frank, settling into the steersman's seat.
"How's the gas and oil?" asked Frank, settling into the driver's seat.
"Full up. And look, Frank, even the license is here!"
"All set. And look, Frank, the license is right here!"
"All right. Cast off."
"Okay. Let’s go."
Joe opened the boathouse doors, unhooked the chains that kept the craft secure, and then leaped into the Sleuth as the engine spluttered and roared. Frank threw in the clutch, the roar died away to a purr, and the boat backed swiftly and smoothly out into the bay.
Joe opened the boathouse doors, unhooked the chains that kept the boat secure, and then jumped into the Sleuth as the engine sputtered and roared to life. Frank engaged the clutch, and the roar faded into a soft hum as the boat quickly and smoothly backed out into the bay.
"The engine runs like a watch!" reported Frank, in delight.
"The engine runs like clockwork!" Frank exclaimed, thrilled.
Once outside the boathouse he headed the craft out toward the open bay. It was soon apparent that the engine of the Sleuth was very powerful, for the boat leaped forward as Frank increased speed, and yet there was very little noise. The nose of the boat cut the water like a knife and the craft skimmed out into the bay like a swallow.
Once he was outside the boathouse, he drove the boat out toward the open bay. It quickly became clear that the engine of the Sleuth was incredibly powerful, as the boat surged forward when Frank sped up, yet there was hardly any noise. The front of the boat sliced through the water like a knife, and the vessel glided out into the bay like a swallow.
Both boys were almost inarticulate with delight. The sense of speed and freedom held them spellbound. Frank changed places with Joe and gave his brother a turn at the wheel. Joe was astonished at the immediate response that came to his lightest touch.
Both boys were nearly speechless with joy. The feeling of speed and freedom captivated them. Frank switched places with Joe and let his brother take a turn at the wheel. Joe was amazed at how quickly the vehicle responded to his slightest touch.
In anticipation of getting the boat both lads had taken lessons in running such a craft from Tony Prito and others who had motorboats and, as a consequence, Joe and Frank felt thoroughly at home with both the engine and the steering wheel.
In preparation for getting the boat, both guys had taken lessons on how to operate one from Tony Prito and others who owned motorboats. As a result, Joe and Frank felt completely comfortable with the engine and the steering wheel.
They circled about and came down toward shore again. It was a sunny morning and two or three motorboats were spluttering and backfiring in their shelters near the shore. Out of one boathouse came a rakish black craft that the boys recognized instantly as the motorboat belonging to Tony Prito's father.
They flew around and landed back near the shore. It was a sunny morning, and two or three motorboats were sputtering and backfiring in their docks by the beach. From one boathouse, a sleek black boat emerged that the boys instantly recognized as Tony Prito's dad's motorboat.
"There's Tony!" exclaimed Frank. "He always goes boating on Saturday mornings. Let's give him a race."
"There's Tony!" Frank shouted. "He always goes boating on Saturday mornings. Let's challenge him to a race."
"His boat's supposed to be the fastest on the bay."
"His boat is said to be the fastest on the bay."
"I don't care whether it is or not. He'll have to go some to beat the Sleuth. We'll challenge him."
"I don't care if it is or isn't. He'll have to try hard to beat the Sleuth. We'll challenge him."
Although Tony had seen their boat he had not yet recognized the boys in it and when they drew alongside he gave a shout of surprise.
Although Tony had seen their boat, he hadn’t recognized the boys in it yet, and when they pulled up next to him, he shouted in surprise.
"Well, gee whiz!" he exclaimed. "Look who's here! I was wondering who owned the swell new tub. Is this the new boat?"
"Wow!" he said. "Look who's here! I was curious about who owned the awesome new boat. Is this the new ride?"
"This is she. And she's fast, boy—she's fast. Want to race?"
"This is her. And she's quick, man—she's quick. Want to race?"
Tony laughed.
Tony chuckled.
"I hate to show you up so soon. You won't like your new boat near so well if I beat you the first time you get into a race."
"I really don't want to embarrass you so early on. You’re not going to enjoy your new boat as much if I beat you the first time you race."
"You won't beat us. You've got a pretty speedy old boat there, all right, but you've met your match this time."
"You won't win. You've got a pretty fast old boat, that's for sure, but you've met your match this time."
"Do you really think you can lick me?" asked Tony. "You know you haven't a chance. This is a real speed boat."
"Do you really think you can beat me?" asked Tony. "You know you don't stand a chance. This is a real speedboat."
"This is a better one. Come on—we'll start from that buoy."
"This is a better one. Come on—let's start from that buoy."
Frank pointed to a buoy that was riding the waves about a hundred yards away and the two boats sped toward it. They kept on even terms until they came abreast of the buoy and then Tony shouted:
Frank pointed to a buoy bobbing in the waves about a hundred yards away, and the two boats raced toward it. They maintained the same pace until they reached the buoy, and then Tony yelled:
"Now!"
"Right now!"
At the same instant, the boats leaped forward. The engine of Tony's craft set up a deafening roar, but the Sleuth merely changed from a purr to a growl and sprang swiftly through the water.
At the same moment, the boats shot ahead. The engine on Tony's boat roared loudly, but the Sleuth just shifted from a soft purr to a low growl and quickly skimmed through the water.
Tony had the advantage in that he knew his boat well and he knew just how much power it would stand. Within half a minute he had established a substantial lead, while the Sleuth was surging along in his wake.
Tony had the upper hand because he knew his boat inside and out and understood exactly how much power it could handle. Within half a minute, he had built a solid lead, while the Sleuth was racing behind him.
But Frank knew that the boat was more powerful than it seemed.
But Frank knew that the boat was stronger than it looked.
Gradually, he "let her out," and the Sleuth responded until at last he could see that they were gaining on the craft ahead. By this time Tony was tearing along at the highest speed of which his swift craft was capable, and the boat was almost rising out of the water with the force of its momentum.
Gradually, he "let her out," and the Sleuth responded until finally he could see that they were catching up to the vessel ahead. By then, Tony was racing at the maximum speed his fast boat could reach, and the craft was almost lifting out of the water with the power of its momentum.
Rapidly, the Sleuth overhauled the flying craft, swiftly it drew abreast, and the boys had a glimpse of Tony's astonished face as he glanced over the side at them.
Quickly, the Sleuth caught up with the flying craft, and the boys got a glimpse of Tony's shocked face as he looked down at them.
The Sleuth roared on, rocking and swaying, with spray dashing over the bows. There was no doubt as to which was the swifter craft. Tony was being left behind.
The Sleuth roared on, rocking and swaying, with spray splashing over the front. There was no doubt which vessel was faster. Tony was getting left behind.
When a gap of three or four hundred yards separated the two boats and when it was apparent that he had no hope of overhauling his rival, Tony lessened the speed of his craft as a signal that he had been beaten. Frank immediately throttled down the Sleuth and swung her around in a wide circle. Then, at a more reasonable speed, they went back to meet Tony.
When there was a distance of three or four hundred yards between the two boats and it was clear that he couldn’t catch up to his competitor, Tony slowed down his boat to indicate that he had lost. Frank quickly reduced the speed of the Sleuth and turned her in a wide arc. Then, at a more manageable speed, they returned to meet Tony.
Their chum was astonished beyond all measure.
Their friend was totally amazed.
"I thought you were just kidding when you said you'd race with me," he shouted, as they drew closer.
"I thought you were just joking when you said you'd race me," he shouted as they got closer.
"No kidding about that race, was there?"
"No joke about that race, right?"
"I'll say there wasn't! I let my old boat out as fast as she'd go. I thought the engine was going to jump out, once or twice. I didn't think there was a motorboat in the bay could beat mine, but I guess that tub of yours has it beat. When did you get it?"
"I have to say there wasn't! I let my old boat go as fast as it could. I thought the engine was going to pop out, a couple of times. I didn't think there was a motorboat in the bay that could outpace mine, but I guess that clunker of yours can. When did you get it?"
"This is the first time we've been out."
"This is the first time we've gone out."
"Wish I could stick around and race with you again," said Tony regretfully. "But I have to go back to the boathouse. I promised my father I'd help him at the warehouse this morning."
"Wish I could hang out and race with you again," Tony said with regret. "But I have to head back to the boathouse. I promised my dad I'd help him at the warehouse this morning."
"Tough luck," sympathized Frank. "We may see you this afternoon. But no more racing until the engine is worked in a bit better. It was foolish to let her out while she is so stiff."
"Tough luck," Frank said sympathetically. "We might see you this afternoon. But no more racing until the engine is broken in a bit more. It was a mistake to take her out while she’s still so stiff."
"Where are you going now?"
"Where are you headed now?"
"Oh, we'll just cruise around," said Frank. "I was thinking we might go up to Barmet village and back."
"Oh, we'll just drive around," said Frank. "I was thinking we could go up to Barmet village and then come back."
"That's a nice run. It'll take you about half an hour if you go easy. About five minutes if you let that speed demon out for all she's worth."
"That's a nice run. It'll take you about half an hour if you take it easy. About five minutes if you push that speed demon to the limit."
"We'll go easy," laughed Joe. "We don't want to ruin the engine on our first trip."
"We'll take it easy," laughed Joe. "We don't want to mess up the engine on our first trip."
"Runs pretty smooth," approved Tony. "It'll stand quite a lot. Well, I must be going. Good-bye."
"Runs pretty smoothly," Tony agreed. "It can handle a lot. Well, I should get going. Goodbye."
He turned the nose of his craft toward the boathouse and drew swiftly away. The Hardy boys set out in the opposite direction, surging through the water toward Barmet village.
He pointed the nose of his boat toward the boathouse and quickly sped away. The Hardy boys headed in the opposite direction, powering through the water toward Barmet village.
CHAPTER XI
A Man in a Hurry
A Guy in a Rush
Barmet village lay several miles from Bayport on the shore of Barmet Bay, from which it got its name. It was a small place, inhabited by fishermen chiefly, and it was a distributing center for the farmers who lived in the surrounding area. The Hardy boys had no particular object in going to Barmet, beyond the fact that the village served as a destination and gave their boating trip more of a purpose than there would have been had they merely cruised aimlessly around.
Barmet village was a few miles from Bayport on the shore of Barmet Bay, which is where it got its name. It was a small place mainly populated by fishermen, and it served as a distribution center for the farmers in the nearby area. The Hardy boys didn't have a specific reason for going to Barmet, other than the fact that the village provided a destination and made their boating trip feel more purposeful than if they had just paddled around without a plan.
Although the sky had been clear and the sun had been shining when they set out, Frank noticed that already clouds were coming in from the sea and the wind was stiffening. Storms sprang up suddenly along the coast but he was not alarmed for he knew that they would have the wind with them on the return trip.
Although the sky had been clear and the sun had been shining when they set out, Frank noticed that clouds were already rolling in from the sea and the wind was picking up. Storms often appeared suddenly along the coast, but he wasn't worried because he knew they would have the wind at their backs on the way back.
The Sleuth sped smoothly along, the engine purring without a miss. The craft neither rocked nor rolled, but cut the waves cleanly. Both Frank and Joe were delighted beyond measure with their boat, and at that moment would not have traded places with a king.
The Sleuth cruised smoothly, the engine humming perfectly. The boat didn’t sway or shake, but sliced through the waves effortlessly. Both Frank and Joe were incredibly happy with their boat, and at that moment, they wouldn’t have swapped places with a king.
By the time they reached Barmet, the sky was cloudier than ever and there was a hint of rain, so the boys determined that they would not stay long in the village. They made a landing at the wharf and got out to stretch their legs, being greatly pleased in the meantime by the complimentary remarks passed by such villagers as were about at the time, on the appearance of their boat.
By the time they arrived in Barmet, the sky was cloudier than ever and there was a chance of rain, so the boys decided they wouldn't stay long in the village. They docked at the wharf and got out to stretch their legs, feeling quite pleased with the compliments from the villagers who were around at the time about the appearance of their boat.
These were not empty compliments, for the Barmet people prided themselves on knowing a good boat when they saw one and there was nothing grudging in their approval of the Sleuth. Two old fishermen sat on the wharf with their feet dangling over the water and discussed the motorboat in every detail from bow to stern, agreeing that she combined strength and appearance in a remarkable degree. When they had finally affixed their seal of approval to the Sleuth they refilled their pipes and settled down to an endless series of reminiscences concerning boats that they had once sailed.
These were genuine compliments, as the Barmet people took pride in recognizing a good boat when they saw one, and their approval of the Sleuth was wholehearted. Two old fishermen sat on the wharf with their feet hanging over the water, discussing the motorboat in detail from bow to stern, agreeing that she remarkably combined strength and looks. Once they had given their stamp of approval to the Sleuth, they refilled their pipes and settled in for an endless series of stories about boats they had once sailed.
"The sky's beginning to look black," pointed out Frank to his brother after they had listened to a number of these tales. "I guess we'd better be starting."
"The sky is starting to look dark," Frank pointed out to his brother after they had listened to several of these stories. "I think we should get going."
Joe moved away reluctantly, for he was fascinated by the highly colored yarns of the two old salts. But when he glanced at the lowering horizon he realized that Frank's apprehensions were justified and that it would be better for them to start back to Bayport without delay.
Joe moved away slowly, as he was captivated by the colorful stories told by the two old sailors. But when he looked at the darkening horizon, he understood that Frank's worries were valid and that it would be best for them to head back to Bayport right away.
They got into the boat and were just about to cast off when there came a sudden interruption.
They got into the boat and were just about to set off when there was a sudden interruption.
A man came running down the road leading to the dock. He was waving his arms and shouting.
A man came running down the road to the dock. He was waving his arms and yelling.
"Hi! Hey there! Wait for me!"
"Hey! Wait for me!"
Somewhat puzzled, the Hardy boys waited. They did not recognize the man; he was a complete stranger to them. He was stout and thick-set, florid of face and red of hair, and as he ran out on the wharf he panted from his exertions.
Somewhat confused, the Hardy boys waited. They didn’t recognize the man; he was a total stranger to them. He was stocky and solid, with a flushed face and red hair, and as he rushed out onto the dock, he was breathing heavily from his efforts.
"Whew!" he exclaimed, mopping his brow with a bright silk handkerchief. "I nearly missed you."
"Whew!" he said, wiping his forehead with a bright silk handkerchief. "I almost didn't see you."
"What do you want?" Frank asked.
"What do you want?" Frank asked.
"I wanted to go to Bayport—right away. I want to catch that train, and if you can get me there in twenty minutes I'll give you ten dollars. Will you take me?"
"I want to go to Bayport—right now. I want to catch that train, and if you can get me there in twenty minutes, I’ll give you ten dollars. Will you take me?"
The Hardy boys looked at one another doubtfully. Both were conversant with the Bayport train schedules and neither was aware of any train that left Bayport at that hour in the morning. Still, the stranger seemed very much in earnest and he drew a ten dollar bill from his pocket as proof of his good faith.
The Hardy boys exchanged uncertain glances. They were both familiar with the Bayport train schedules and didn’t know of any train that departed Bayport at that time in the morning. However, the stranger appeared genuinely serious and pulled out a ten dollar bill from his pocket to show he was trustworthy.
"Come!" he said impatiently. "How about it? Will you take me or will you not? I want to be there in twenty minutes. There's ten dollars in it for you."
"Come on!" he said impatiently. "What do you say? Will you take me or not? I need to be there in twenty minutes. I'll give you ten bucks for it."
Ten dollars, as Frank said later, "is not to be sneezed at." When they bought the motorboat their father made the stipulation that they should not draw on their bank accounts to pay for the gasoline, and every cent was precious for that reason.
Ten dollars, as Frank mentioned later, "is not to be ignored." When they bought the motorboat, their dad insisted that they shouldn't use their bank accounts to pay for the gas, so every penny was valuable for that reason.
"Jump in," Frank said. "I guess we can get you there in twenty minutes, all right."
"Hop in," Frank said. "I think we can get you there in twenty minutes, okay."
"Thanks," said the florid-faced man, getting into the boat. "Make it as quick as you can."
"Thanks," said the red-faced man, getting into the boat. "Do it as fast as you can."
Frank slipped into his seat and in a few moments the engine was roaring as the Sleuth glided away from the shadow of the wharf and headed out into the bay. She rapidly picked up speed and soon the salt spray was flying as the motorboat tore through the waves, her nose pointing toward Bayport.
Frank settled into his seat, and in a few moments, the engine roared to life as the Sleuth moved away from the wharf's shadow and headed out into the bay. She quickly gained speed, and soon the salty spray was flying as the motorboat sped through the waves, her bow directed toward Bayport.
The stranger settled back with a sigh of relief.
The stranger leaned back with a sigh of relief.
"Mighty good thing I met you," he said. "I was beginning to think I wouldn't be able to get out at all. There was only a rickety looking flivver in the village and I was afraid to take a chance on it, for I don't think it would have lasted a mile without falling to pieces. It was lucky I saw your boat when I did."
"Mighty good thing I met you," he said. "I was starting to think I wouldn’t be able to get out at all. There was only a beat-up old car in the village, and I was too nervous to risk it because I doubt it would have made it a mile without breaking down. I was really lucky I spotted your boat when I did."
The Sleuth sped along under a darkening sky. They were running close to the shore in order to cut off as much distance as possible and keep a bee line for Bayport, and it was possible to have a clear view of the road that ran just above the beach.
The Sleuth raced along beneath a darkening sky. They were traveling close to the shore to save distance and head straight for Bayport, and it was possible to see the road that ran just above the beach clearly.
Joe noticed that the stranger cast frequent anxious glances toward the shore. Suddenly an expression of alarm crossed the man's face, and Joe saw that he was watching two figures who had appeared on the road and who were running along, waving their arms, evidently trying to attract attention.
Joe noticed that the stranger kept looking nervously toward the shore. Suddenly, a look of fear crossed the man's face, and Joe saw that he was watching two figures who had come onto the road and were running along, waving their arms, clearly trying to get attention.
"Somebody signaling to us," he said to Frank.
"Someone is signaling to us," he said to Frank.
Frank looked up. The two men on the road were making frantic efforts to draw attention, as they waved their arms and leaped about like lunatics.
Frank looked up. The two men on the road were desperately trying to get attention, waving their arms and jumping around like crazy.
"Friends of yours?" asked Frank of their passenger.
"Are those your friends?" Frank asked the passenger.
The florid-faced man laughed. The laugh was meant to be carefree and hearty, but there was no disguising the note of uneasiness beneath it.
The man with a flushed face laughed. The laugh was supposed to sound carefree and genuine, but there was no hiding the hint of unease underneath it.
"Yes—yes, they're friends of mine," he admitted. "I put one over on them that time." He chuckled nervously. "They're just beginning to realize that I've given them the slip."
"Yeah—yeah, they’re my friends," he admitted. "I pulled one over on them that time." He chuckled awkwardly. "They’re just starting to figure out that I’ve escaped."
"What's the big idea?"
"What's the deal?"
"That's the time I fooled them." The stranger laughed loudly—too loudly, in fact. "You see, I'm going to be married. That's why I have to catch that train. I kept it a secret until this morning, but my friends got wind of it and thought they'd play a practical joke on me. I started out in plenty of time for the train, but they had fixed the engine of my car so it broke down and I had to come back to Barmet. They were trying to hold me back, and for a while I was beginning to think that they had got away with it. But I bested 'em. I fooled 'em that time."
"That's when I tricked them." The stranger laughed loudly—too loudly, actually. "You see, I'm getting married. That's why I need to catch that train. I kept it a secret until this morning, but my friends found out and thought they’d pull a prank on me. I set out with plenty of time to catch the train, but they messed with my car’s engine so it broke down, and I had to head back to Barmet. They were trying to keep me from leaving, and for a while, I thought they were going to succeed. But I outsmarted them. I fooled them that time."
He laughed again, but still there was that note of insincerity in his mirth that had aroused the suspicions of the Hardy boys at first. They said nothing, and the stranger evidently thought his story had been believed, for he sat back in the boat with a complacent air.
He laughed again, but there was still a hint of insincerity in his laughter that had initially raised the Hardy boys' suspicions. They didn’t say anything, and the stranger clearly thought his story had been accepted, as he leaned back in the boat with a satisfied expression.
But Frank glanced again at the two men on the road. For practical jokers, they seemed to be making a tremendous fuss over their friend's escape. They were still waving their arms, evidently trying to signal to the boat to turn back.
But Frank glanced again at the two men on the road. For practical jokers, they seemed to be making a huge fuss over their friend's escape. They were still waving their arms, obviously trying to signal to the boat to turn back.
"There's something fishy about this," muttered Frank. "I don't know of any train leaving Bayport at this hour of the day."
"Something doesn't add up here," Frank said quietly. "I don't know of any train leaving Bayport at this time of day."
"Neither do I," his brother replied, in a low voice.
"Me neither," his brother said quietly.
"Those men on the shore seem mighty agitated over something or other. If it was a practical joke they'd just give up and go back to the village."
"Those guys on the shore look really upset about something. If it was just a prank, they would have given up and gone back to the village."
"It's a pretty queer story. He seemed in an awful hurry to get away from Barmet."
"It's a pretty strange story. He seemed really eager to get away from Barmet."
"I have a good mind to turn back. We may be getting ourselves into trouble."
"I’m seriously thinking about turning back. We might be getting ourselves into trouble."
"He'll be as mad as hops if we do. Tell him we don't want his money, and take him back to Barmet."
"He'll be as mad as can be if we do. Tell him we don't want his money, and take him back to Barmet."
The more Frank considered the situation the more he felt that the wisest course would be to turn back to Barmet and wash his hands of the whole affair. The stranger's story about an approaching wedding might be true and it might not, but there was the fact of which he was certain, that there was no train leaving Bayport at that hour of the day. He turned to the passenger.
The more Frank thought about the situation, the more he believed that the smartest move would be to head back to Barmet and distance himself from the entire issue. The stranger's tale about an upcoming wedding could be true or false, but what he knew for sure was that there was no train leaving Bayport at that time of day. He turned to the passenger.
"What time is your train leaving?"
"What time is your train leaving?"
"About ten-thirty."
"About 10:30."
"There's no train leaving Bayport at that time," said Frank flatly.
"There's no train leaving Bayport at that time," Frank said plainly.
"That's the time my train leaves," insisted the stranger, beginning to look somewhat flustered.
"That's when my train leaves," the stranger insisted, starting to look a bit flustered.
"The earliest train is at noon," put in Joe.
"The first train is at noon," Joe added.
"I tell you, this train leaves at ten-thirty. I just have time to catch it."
"I’m telling you, this train leaves at 10:30. I have just enough time to catch it."
"I'm afraid you're going to miss it," said Frank. "I'm going to turn back to Barmet."
"I'm worried you won't make it," Frank said. "I'm going to head back to Barmet."
"Turn back?" shouted the man in consternation. "What are you going to do that for?"
"Turn back?" the man shouted, clearly upset. "Why would you do that?"
"I don't like the looks of this affair," said Frank. "Considering that this is supposed to be nothing more than a practical joke, those two men on shore seem to be making quite a fuss over your escape."
"I don't like the way this is turning out," said Frank. "Given that this is just supposed to be a harmless prank, those two guys on the shore seem to be making a big deal out of your getaway."
"They're hoping they can persuade you to turn back. Then they'll have the joke on me after all."
"They're hoping they'll convince you to go back. Then they'll have the last laugh at my expense after all."
"They're going to have it anyway," said Frank, with determination. "I've changed my mind about taking you to Bayport. We don't want your ten dollars."
"They're going to get it anyway," Frank said firmly. "I've decided not to take you to Bayport. We don't need your ten dollars."
"But you've got to take me to Bayport!" exclaimed the stranger, in high excitement. "I must catch my train."
"But you've got to take me to Bayport!" the stranger exclaimed, visibly excited. "I have to catch my train."
His bullying manner nettled Frank.
His bullying attitude annoyed Frank.
"This is our boat, and if we want to turn back we can turn back," he told the passenger. "We didn't ask you to come with us."
"This is our boat, and if we want to go back, we can go back," he told the passenger. "We didn’t ask you to come along."
"But you promised to take me to Bayport," stormed the stranger. "I've got to be there in time to catch that train."
"But you promised to take me to Bayport," the stranger shouted. "I need to get there on time to catch that train."
"There isn't any train at ten-thirty, and we know it. We're going to turn back to Barmet and you'll have ample time to catch the noon train after that."
"There isn't a train at ten-thirty, and we know that. We're going to head back to Barmet, and you'll have plenty of time to catch the noon train after that."
The stranger gritted his teeth and half rose from his seat. Then he sank back, as though realizing that he was going beyond his rights by objecting.
The stranger clenched his teeth and started to get up from his seat. Then he sat back down, as if he realized he was overstepping by complaining.
"A nice trick to play on me!" he snapped. "Bringing me this far and then turning back."
"A clever trick to pull on me!" he snapped. "Leading me this far and then backing out."
"Your friends on the shore seem anxious to have you back, for some reason or other."
"Your friends on the shore seem eager to have you back for some reason."
Frank bore down on the wheel and the Sleuth slowly began to circle about.
Frank gripped the wheel tightly, and the Sleuth gradually started to turn in circles.
Suddenly the voice of the stranger rasped right at their ears:
Suddenly, the stranger's voice rasped directly in their ears:
"Don't turn this boat around! Keep heading for Bayport."
"Don't turn this boat around! Keep heading for Bayport."
Startled, they turned. The stranger was standing right behind them, and in his hand he clutched a revolver that was aimed directly at them!
Startled, they turned. The stranger was standing right behind them, and in his hand he held a revolver aimed straight at them!
CHAPTER XII
Seasick
Seasick
The Hardy boys were not prepared for this sudden change of front on the part of the stranger. They gazed incredulously at the revolver, but the coldly determined face of their passenger convinced them that the man meant to use force if necessary.
The Hardy boys were not ready for this sudden change in attitude from the stranger. They stared in disbelief at the revolver, but the cold, determined expression on their passenger's face made it clear that the man intended to use force if necessary.
"Keep right on toward Bayport!" he ordered. "Don't turn back."
"Keep going straight to Bayport!" he commanded. "Don't look back."
"What's the big idea?" demanded Frank indignantly.
"What's the deal?" Frank asked angrily.
"The idea is that I want to go to Bayport, and if you won't take me there of your own free will, I'll just have to persuade you, that's all. This gun is loaded, so don't make any foolish moves."
"The plan is that I want to go to Bayport, and if you won't take me there voluntarily, I'll just have to convince you, that's it. This gun is loaded, so don't make any stupid moves."
The boys looked at one another, and the stranger began to chuckle.
The boys glanced at each other, and the stranger started to laugh.
"Be reasonable now," said the man with the gun. "I have to catch that train, or I'll miss the wedding. I can't let you bring me back to the village. My friends would never let me hear the end of that joke. It's just by luck I had this revolver in my pocket—but still, if you turn this boat around, I'll use it."
"Be reasonable," said the guy with the gun. "I need to catch that train, or I’ll miss the wedding. I can’t let you take me back to the village. My friends would never let me live that down. It’s just lucky I had this revolver in my pocket—but still, if you turn this boat around, I’ll use it."
He was trying to pass the affair off as more or less of a joke but there was no mistaking the steely glint in his eyes or the hardness of his voice.
He was trying to play it off as a bit of a joke, but there was no missing the cold glare in his eyes or the toughness in his voice.
Frank looked at his brother, and shrugged.
Frank glanced at his brother and shrugged.
"I guess there's nothing else for it but bring him to Bayport," he muttered. "I don't want to get shot."
"I guess there's no other option than to take him to Bayport," he mumbled. "I don't want to get shot."
"That gun looks bad," agreed Joe. "There's not much joking about that part of it."
"That gun looks dangerous," Joe agreed. "There's really not much to joke about when it comes to that."
Frank bore down on the wheel and corrected the course of the boat so that they were soon bound directly for Bayport again.
Frank gripped the wheel and steered the boat back on course, quickly heading straight for Bayport again.
"We'll take you to the city," he said to the stranger, "but I'm going to warn you that we'll turn you over to the police if we get a chance. That's a dangerous game you're playing, even if you say it is only a joke. It's a hold up."
"We'll take you to the city," he said to the stranger, "but I need to warn you that we'll hand you over to the police if we get the chance. This is a risky game you're playing, even if you say it's just a joke. It's a robbery."
"You'll think differently after we reach Bayport," promised the man. "I'll have my wife write you a letter of thanks after the wedding. I hate to use this revolver, but I can't miss that train."
"You'll see things differently once we get to Bayport," the man promised. "I'll have my wife send you a thank-you letter after the wedding. I really don’t want to use this revolver, but I can’t afford to miss that train."
The stranger's insistence on his story that he had to catch a train did not convince the Hardy boys by any means. They were still suspicious of their passenger, the more so now that he used force to induce them to take him to Bayport.
The stranger's insistence on his story about needing to catch a train didn't convince the Hardy boys at all. They remained suspicious of their passenger, especially now that he resorted to force to make them take him to Bayport.
"I'd like to get that gun away from him," whispered Frank, as he bent over the wheel.
"I want to take that gun away from him," Frank whispered, leaning over the wheel.
"Not much chance. He's watching us too closely."
"Not much of a chance. He's keeping a close eye on us."
"Trying to fix up some plot to get hold of this revolver?" asked the stranger. "You needn't bother. I hold the whip hand here."
"Trying to come up with a plan to get this revolver?" the stranger asked. "You don't need to worry. I'm in control here."
"We know it," retorted Frank. "But wait till we get to Bayport."
"We know it," Frank replied. "But just wait until we get to Bayport."
The motorboat raced on down the bay. The storm clouds that had been collecting all morning now hung heavily in the sky. The bay was sullen and slate-colored, and a heavy sea was running. White caps broke on the surface of the water.
The motorboat sped down the bay. The storm clouds that had been gathering all morning now loomed heavily in the sky. The bay was gloomy and gray, and the waves were rough. White caps crashed on the surface of the water.
"Looks like a storm," Frank muttered. "Perhaps it's just as well we didn't turn back."
"Looks like a storm," Frank said quietly. "Maybe it's for the best that we didn't head back."
A streak of lightning split the sky; it was followed by a distant rumble of thunder. The Sleuth was riding the waves well, but there was a rocking motion that could not be avoided. The boat swayed from side to side as it plunged on.
A flash of lightning cut through the sky; it was followed by a rumble of thunder in the distance. The Sleuth was riding the waves smoothly, but there was a rocking motion that couldn't be avoided. The boat rocked back and forth as it moved forward.
After about five minutes Frank glanced behind.
After about five minutes, Frank looked back.
The stranger was no longer standing up; he was sitting back against the cushions again and he still held the revolver levelled at the Hardy boys, but there was a curious expression on his face, an expression of nausea; his eyes were staring and his face was pallid.
The stranger was no longer standing; he was leaning back against the cushions again and still had the revolver aimed at the Hardy boys, but there was a strange look on his face, a look of nausea; his eyes were wide and his face was pale.
For a moment Frank could not understand what the matter was. Then, as the boat gave a lurch more violent than usual, he understood.
For a moment, Frank couldn't figure out what was wrong. Then, as the boat lurched more violently than usual, he realized what was happening.
He nudged his brother.
He tapped his brother.
"Getting seasick!" he whispered.
"Feeling seasick!" he whispered.
Joe glanced back, and when he saw that the stranger's florid face had changed in hue from a deep red to a greenish white he knew that the motion of the boat was indeed taking its effect. He forebore an impulse to chuckle at their passenger's plight.
Joe looked back, and when he noticed that the stranger's flushed face had shifted from a deep red to a sickly pale, he realized that the movement of the boat was really having an effect. He held back the urge to laugh at their passenger's predicament.
"Give her a little more gas," ordered the stranger, in a curiously feeble voice. "You're not going fast enough."
"Give her a bit more gas," ordered the stranger, in a strangely weak voice. "You're not going fast enough."
He brandished the revolver threateningly.
He pointed the revolver menacingly.
Frank obligingly increased the speed of the Sleuth but the rocking motion only became more pronounced.
Frank willingly sped up the Sleuth, but the rocking motion only grew more intense.
The stranger gulped, but he did not lower the weapon.
The stranger swallowed hard, but he didn’t lower the weapon.
"That's better," he said, without enthusiasm.
"That's better," he said, lacking enthusiasm.
"I'm going to give him something to be seasick about," whispered Frank.
"I'm about to give him something to be seasick over," whispered Frank.
Without warning he suddenly bore down on the wheel and swung the motorboat about so that it was lying broadside to the waves.
Without warning, he abruptly yanked on the wheel and turned the motorboat so that it was facing sideways to the waves.
"Here—what's the matter?" asked the stranger. "Where are you going now?"
"Hey—what's wrong?" asked the stranger. "Where are you headed now?"
"We're off our course. I'm heading in toward shore a little more so we can get out of the wind."
"We're off track. I'm steering closer to the shore so we can escape the wind."
This explanation satisfied the stranger, although it became speedily apparent that the new course did not.
This explanation satisfied the stranger, although it quickly became clear that the new direction did not.
The Sleuth received the full force of the long rollers. The waves were not high enough to be dangerous, but the swells gave an undulating motion to the craft that swiftly increased the stranger's illness.
The Sleuth faced the full impact of the long waves. The waves weren’t high enough to be risky, but the swells created a rocking motion that quickly worsened the stranger's sickness.
"He's slipping," whispered Joe.
"He's slipping," Joe whispered.
Frank glanced back again.
Frank looked back again.
The stranger was indeed "slipping." His teeth were tightly clenched. His face was almost green. His expression was that of a man who is deathly sick. But he still clung to the revolver and he still waved it feebly at the boys.
The stranger was definitely "slipping." His teeth were gritted tight. His face was almost green. His expression looked like someone who was seriously ill. But he still held onto the revolver and weakly waved it at the boys.
"Head her in toward Bayport," he demanded. "Do you want to make me sick?"
"Take her to Bayport," he ordered. "Are you trying to make me sick?"
"This'll fix him," said Frank. "Get ready."
"This will fix him," Frank said. "Get ready."
He bore down on the wheel again.
He gripped the wheel tightly again.
The Sleuth swung around at right angles to her previous course. The abrupt, swerving motion finished the stranger.
The Sleuth turned sharply at a right angle to its previous path. The sudden, sharp movement took the stranger by surprise.
With a groan, he slumped forward in his seat, and bowed his head on his arms.
With a groan, he slumped forward in his chair and rested his head on his arms.
Joe sprang up. With one bound he reached the man with the gun.
Joe jumped up. In one leap, he reached the man with the gun.
The stranger realized what was happening, and struggled to his feet. He raised the weapon, but Joe struck out and dashed the revolver from his hand. It described a flashing arc, then fell into the water with a splash.
The stranger understood what was going on and fought to get back on his feet. He lifted the weapon, but Joe lunged forward and knocked the revolver out of his hand. It flew through the air with a glint, then landed in the water with a splash.
Sick as he was, the man swung out viciously and his fist caught Joe on the side of the face, staggering him. Joe quickly recovered himself and plunged forward, grappling with the man. They swayed to and fro in the middle of the boat, then fell, still struggling.
Sick as he was, the man swung out fiercely and his fist hit Joe on the side of the face, knocking him back. Joe quickly steadied himself and lunged forward, grappling with the man. They swayed back and forth in the middle of the boat, then fell, still struggling.
But although Joe was young and wiry he was not strong enough to cope with his antagonist and Frank soon saw that the stranger was having the better of the battle. He glanced ahead, saw that the Sleuth was heading into a long, low bank of fog but that there were no other boats in sight, then abandoned the wheel.
But even though Joe was young and lean, he wasn't strong enough to handle his opponent, and Frank quickly realized that the stranger was winning the fight. He looked ahead, noticed that the Sleuth was approaching a thick, low bank of fog, but there were no other boats around, so he left the wheel.
He leaped back to the assistance of his brother, crooked his elbow about the stranger's neck, and dragged him back. The man struck out, wildly, twisted around and staggered Frank with a blow in the ribs. He managed to struggle to his feet, they saw his hand flash to his pocket, and then he produced a small package and flung it far out over the side.
He jumped back to help his brother, wrapped his arm around the stranger's neck, and pulled him back. The guy swung wildly, turned around, and hit Frank in the ribs. Frank managed to get back on his feet, they saw him reach into his pocket, and then he pulled out a small package and threw it far over the side.
It had only taken a second, but that second was sufficient to serve for his undoing.
It only took a second, but that second was enough to lead to his downfall.
Frank scrambled to his feet in the swaying boat, and for a moment they sparred. Then Frank's right fist shot out and the blow landed directly on the point of the stranger's jaw.
Frank jumped to his feet in the rocking boat, and for a moment they exchanged blows. Then Frank's right fist shot out, and the punch connected directly with the stranger's jaw.
The man was not knocked out, but he staggered back and the wild lurching of the boat sent him off his balance. He stumbled and fell. His head struck against the side of the boat and he crumpled up in a heap.
The man wasn’t knocked out, but he stumbled back, and the boat’s wild rocking threw him off balance. He tripped and fell. His head hit the side of the boat, and he collapsed in a heap.
The blow had knocked him unconscious.
The hit had knocked him out.
Frank bent over him. He saw that the man was not badly hurt, but that he had been stunned by the impact. He pointed out a coil of rope in the stern.
Frank leaned over him. He saw that the man wasn't seriously hurt, but he had been knocked out by the impact. He pointed to a coil of rope in the back.
"Tie his ankles, Joe, in case he wakes up. I've got to get back to the wheel."
"Tie his ankles, Joe, just in case he wakes up. I need to get back to the wheel."
The Sleuth by this time was off her course, and was wallowing in the trough of the waves. Quickly, Frank swung the craft about, but when he peered ahead to locate Bayport he gave an exclamation of alarm.
The Sleuth was off its course and was struggling in the waves. Quickly, Frank turned the boat around, but when he looked ahead to find Bayport, he exclaimed in alarm.
The city was nowhere to be seen. The heavy cloud of mist that had been gathering over the bay now totally obscured the shores.
The city was nowhere in sight. The thick cloud of mist that had been building over the bay now completely hid the shores.
How far the boat had departed from her course he did not know, and in the fog bank he had but a vague idea of their location. He began to look around in hopes of finding a compass, but there was none in the boat.
How far the boat had strayed from its course, he didn't know, and in the fog, he only had a vague sense of where they were. He started looking around, hoping to find a compass, but there was none in the boat.
"Have you got a pocket compass, Joe?"
"Do you have a pocket compass, Joe?"
Joe, who was busily engaged in tying the unconscious stranger's ankles together, looked up and shook his head.
Joe, who was busy tying the unconscious stranger's ankles together, looked up and shook his head.
"Isn't there one in the boat?"
"Isn't there one in the boat?"
"No—and here we are in a fog bank. I don't know whether we're in the right direction for Bayport or not."
"No—and here we are in a fog. I have no idea if we're heading in the right direction for Bayport or not."
CHAPTER XIII
Paul Blum
Paul Blum
Frank Hardy reduced the speed of the motorboat, because he realized the dangers that lurked in the fog.
Frank Hardy slowed down the motorboat because he understood the dangers hidden in the fog.
Almost any moment they might crash into another boat in the bay. Even worse, they might be so far out of their course that they would pile up on one of the rocky shores.
Almost any minute they could collide with another boat in the bay. Even worse, they might drift so far off course that they would run aground on one of the rocky shores.
The fog was impenetrable. Frank did his best to judge their direction by the waves but this did not help greatly, as there were cross currents and the wind was shifting.
The fog was thick and dense. Frank tried his best to figure out their direction by observing the waves, but it didn't help much since there were cross currents and the wind kept changing.
The Sleuth coursed on, feeling its way blindly through the haze that enveloped the bay. Frank peered ahead into the foggy veil.
The Sleuth moved forward, navigating through the thick fog that surrounded the bay. Frank looked ahead into the mist.
Joe concluded his ministrations to the stranger, who was now beginning to stir. The man opened his eyes and groaned.
Joe finished helping the stranger, who was starting to wake up. The man opened his eyes and groaned.
"Have you had enough?" asked Joe.
"Are you finished?" Joe asked.
"Who hit me?"
"Who punched me?"
"You hit your head against the side of the boat. Are you going to make any more trouble?"
"You bumped your head on the side of the boat. Are you going to cause any more trouble?"
The man groaned again, tried to get to his feet, found that his ankles were tied together, and sank back with a sigh.
The man groaned again, tried to stand up, realized his ankles were bound together, and sank back with a sigh.
"He won't give us any more bother," declared Joe, coming forward. It was plain that there was no more fight left in their captive.
"He won't be a problem for us anymore," said Joe, stepping forward. It was clear that their captive had no fight left in him.
"I wish this fog would lift," said Frank.
"I wish this fog would go away," said Frank.
As though in answer to his words a sudden gust of wind sent the mist in scurrying wreaths, raising the heavy grey veil long enough to enable him to see Bayport lying almost directly ahead. He could make out the position of the row of boathouses and he headed the Sleuth toward them.
As if in response to his words, a sudden gust of wind swept the mist away in whirling patterns, lifting the heavy grey fog just enough for him to see Bayport straight ahead. He could make out where the row of boathouses was located, and he steered the Sleuth toward them.
The curtain of fog descended again, but Frank was now fairly sure of his position.
The fog rolled in again, but Frank was now pretty confident about where he was.
"We're heading in the right direction now."
"We're on the right track now."
"Should we try to make the boathouse? I don't think we'll be able to find it in this mist."
"Should we attempt to reach the boathouse? I doubt we'll be able to find it in this fog."
"I guess you're right. We'll land at the big wharf."
"I guess you’re right. We’ll dock at the big pier."
In a short while, the boat was nosing its way through the fog, among the shadowy craft anchored near Bayport wharf. The city loomed up in a ghostly dark mass beyond the water.
In a little while, the boat was making its way through the fog, navigating among the shadowy vessels anchored near Bayport wharf. The city appeared as a ghostly dark shape rising beyond the water.
Finally the Sleuth drew alongside the wharf and nosed its way to one of the slips. To the surprise of the boys they saw several figures running along the wharf.
Finally, the Sleuth pulled up next to the dock and made its way into one of the slips. To the boys' surprise, they saw several people jogging along the wharf.
"What boat is that?" shouted some one from the fog.
"What boat is that?" someone shouted from the fog.
"The Sleuth!"
"The Sleuth!"
"Good! That's them. I thought they'd land here," said the voice, evidently addressing some one else on the wharf.
"Great! That's them. I figured they'd arrive here," said the voice, clearly talking to someone else at the wharf.
"Looks as if we're expected," observed Joe.
"Looks like we're expected," Joe noted.
A man came down the slip, and even in the fog they knew the figure was familiar. When he drew closer they saw that the man was none other than their father.
A man came down the slope, and even in the fog they recognized him. As he got closer, they saw that it was none other than their dad.
"Dad!" exclaimed Frank.
"Dad!" Frank exclaimed.
"Have you got him with you?" asked the detective quickly.
"Do you have him with you?" the detective asked quickly.
"Who? Joe?"
"Who? Joe?"
"No, no. The man you picked up at Barmet village. I had a telephone message about him."
"No, no. The guy you picked up in Barmet village. I got a phone message about him."
"Yes, we have him here. He tried to hold us up with a revolver, but we got the better of him."
"Yeah, we have him here. He tried to rob us with a revolver, but we got the upper hand."
"Fine!" said Mr. Hardy, peering down into the boat, where the stranger was struggling to sit up. "All right, Chief!" he called, to a burly man who was coming down the slip. "They have him."
"Fine!" Mr. Hardy said, looking down into the boat, where the stranger was having trouble sitting up. "All right, Chief!" he shouted to a big guy who was coming down the ramp. "They've got him."
Chief Collig, of the Bayport police force, and Con Riley, one of his men, then appeared in view.
Chief Collig from the Bayport police department and Con Riley, one of his officers, then came into sight.
"Got him, hey?" said Collig.
"Got him, right?" said Collig.
"They have him here in the boat."
"They've got him here in the boat."
"All right. Hand him over."
"Okay. Give him to me."
Still wondering how their father had known that the stranger was in the boat with them and wondering also why the police were on hand, the Hardy boys untied the ropes that bound their passenger's ankles, and helped him over the side. He was immediately seized by the officers, who proceeded to search his pockets.
Still wondering how their dad had known that the stranger was in the boat with them and also why the police were there, the Hardy boys untied the ropes that held their passenger's ankles and helped him over the side. He was quickly taken by the officers, who started searching his pockets.
"Here!" he protested. "What's all this about?"
"Here!" he said. "What's going on with all this?"
"Well, Paul Blum," said Fenton Hardy, "you thought you'd made a getaway, didn't you?"
"Well, Paul Blum," said Fenton Hardy, "you thought you could escape, huh?"
The man started.
The man began.
"You have my name wrong," he muttered.
"You've got my name wrong," he said quietly.
"Oh, no, I haven't," contradicted Mr. Hardy. "They tell me you were 'shoving the queer' down in Barmet village this morning."
"Oh, no, I haven't," Mr. Hardy replied. "I've heard you were 'shoving the queer' down in Barmet village this morning."
The Hardy boys had been told by their father that 'shoving the queer' was the underworld expression for passing counterfeit money.
The Hardy boys had been told by their dad that 'shoving the queer' was the term used in the underworld for passing fake money.
"Those Secret Service men would have caught you if the boat hadn't been handy," went on Fenton Hardy. He turned to his sons: "What sort of story did this fellow tell you?"
"Those Secret Service guys would have caught you if the boat hadn't been nearby," continued Fenton Hardy. He turned to his sons: "What kind of story did this guy tell you?"
"He said he had to catch a train, as he was going to be married, and some of his friends in the village were trying to hold him back, as a practical joke," answered Frank. "We thought the yarn was rather fishy and I was going to turn back but he drew a revolver on us."
"He said he had to catch a train because he was getting married, and some of his friends in the village were trying to hold him back as a prank," Frank replied. "We thought the story was pretty suspect, and I was about to turn back, but he pulled a gun on us."
"How did you get him tied up?"
"How did you manage to get him tied up?"
"He got seasick and Joe knocked the gun out of his hand. Then we tackled him."
"He got seasick, and Joe knocked the gun out of his hand. Then we took him on."
"Good work," approved Mr. Hardy. "I got a 'phone call from two Secret Service men this morning. It seems they've been trailing Paul Blum for some time and they were just about to arrest him when he made a bolt for liberty. They chased him down the street, but he disappeared, and the next thing they knew he was in your boat, heading for Bayport. They waved at you and tried to signal to you to come back—"
"Good job," Mr. Hardy said. "I got a call from two Secret Service agents this morning. It looks like they’ve been following Paul Blum for a while, and they were just about to arrest him when he took off running. They chased him down the street, but he vanished, and the next thing they knew, he was in your boat, heading for Bayport. They waved at you and tried to signal for you to come back—"
"So that's why the two fellows were running along the shore!" exclaimed Joe.
"So that's why those two guys were running along the shore!" exclaimed Joe.
"But when you didn't turn back they telephoned to me to meet the boat and arrest him." Fenton Hardy turned to Chief Collig. "Did you find anything?" he asked.
"But when you didn't come back, they called me to meet the boat and arrest him." Fenton Hardy turned to Chief Collig. "Did you find anything?" he asked.
The Chief straightened up, scratching his head.
The Chief stood up straight, scratching his head.
"Not a thing. Nothin' but a dollar bill and some matches."
"Nothing at all. Just a dollar bill and some matches."
"No counterfeit money?" exclaimed Mr. Hardy, in surprise.
"No fake money?" Mr. Hardy exclaimed, surprised.
"Not a bit."
"Not at all."
"That's strange. The detectives told me he had a big roll of bad bills."
"That's weird. The detectives said he had a large bundle of counterfeit money."
"Why, that must have been what he threw overboard," said Frank. "He took something out of his pocket and tossed it over the side of the boat while we were fighting with him. At the time I couldn't imagine what it was."
"That’s definitely what he threw overboard," Frank said. "He pulled something out of his pocket and tossed it over the side of the boat while we were trying to fight him off. I couldn't figure out what it was at the time."
"I guess that's how he got rid of it." Fenton Hardy turned to Paul Blum, who was standing sullenly, with his pockets turned inside out. "And what have you got to say for yourself, Blum?"
"I guess that's how he got rid of it." Fenton Hardy turned to Paul Blum, who was standing there looking unhappy, with his pockets turned inside out. "And what do you have to say for yourself, Blum?"
"Nothing. You haven't got anythin' against me."
"Nothing. You don't have anything against me."
"Perhaps not just now. But wait till those Secret Service men arrive from Barmet. You were passing counterfeit money in the village."
"Maybe not right now. But just wait until those Secret Service agents show up from Barmet. You were using fake money in the village."
"Any counterfeit money I passed, I got from some one else," blurted the prisoner. "I'm not in that game."
"Any fake money I used, I got from someone else," the prisoner said abruptly. "I'm not involved in that."
Fenton Hardy turned to his sons.
Fenton Hardy turned to his kids.
"This doesn't happen, by any chance, to be the fellow who tricked you on that bad five dollar bill at the railway station, does it?" he asked.
"This isn't the guy who scammed you with that fake five-dollar bill at the train station, is it?" he asked.
They shook their heads.
They nodded no.
"No, it isn't he."
"No, it isn't him."
"I'm convinced that he's associated with the gang in some way."
"I'm sure he's connected to the gang in some way."
"You haven't got anything on me," Blum persisted doggedly. "Perhaps I did pass some bad money in the village. What of it? If I did, I didn't know it was bad. I got it from some one else. It ain't my fault."
"You don't have anything on me," Blum insisted stubbornly. "Sure, maybe I passed some counterfeit cash in the village. So what? If I did, I didn't know it was fake. I got it from someone else. It's not my fault."
"If you're so innocent, why did you run from the detectives?"
"If you're so innocent, why did you flee from the detectives?"
"I had to catch a train."
"I needed to catch a train."
"Tell that to the judge," advised Chief Collig roughly. "I think I'll lock you up for a while, my friend, and let you just think things over."
"Tell that to the judge," Chief Collig said harshly. "I think I'll throw you in jail for a bit, my friend, and let you think things over."
"Yeh, put him in the cooler," piped up Con Riley.
"Yeah, put him in the cooler," chimed in Con Riley.
"I don't want any advice from you," said the chief, crushing his subordinate officer with a frown. "Here—put the cuffs on this bird and lock him up."
"I don't want any advice from you," the chief said, glaring at his subordinate. "Here—put the handcuffs on this guy and lock him up."
There was a jingle of handcuffs as they were clapped about Paul Blum's wrists. The man protested, but he was quickly silenced by the chief.
There was a jingle of handcuffs as they were snapped around Paul Blum's wrists. The man protested, but the chief quickly shut him down.
"We're going to keep you until the Secret Service men get here," said Fenton Hardy. "Perhaps they'll have more to tell."
"We're going to hold on to you until the Secret Service agents arrive," said Fenton Hardy. "Maybe they'll have more information to share."
Chief Collig and Constable Riley trudged off, with Paul Blum between them. Fenton Hardy turned to his sons with a smile of approval.
Chief Collig and Constable Riley walked away, with Paul Blum in between them. Fenton Hardy turned to his sons with a smile of approval.
"Good work!" he said. "You haven't lost any time making good use of the new boat, I see."
"Great job!" he said. "I see you’re already making good use of the new boat."
"I only wish we could have got hold of that roll of counterfeit bills he threw overboard," said Frank disconsolately.
"I just wish we could've gotten that roll of fake bills he tossed overboard," Frank said sadly.
"Well, it can't be helped now—although that would have cinched the case against Blum. He has been operating in this neighborhood for over a week. But I expect the Secret Service men will have enough evidence to have him punished."
"Well, there's nothing we can do about it now—though that would have sealed the deal against Blum. He’s been working in this area for over a week. But I think the Secret Service will gather enough evidence to get him punished."
The fog was beginning to lift and the Hardy boys had no further doubt of their ability to locate the boathouse. They felt they had enough of motorboating for one morning, so they said good-bye to their father and left the wharf, guiding the Sleuth safely to the boathouse.
The fog was starting to clear, and the Hardy boys were completely confident in their ability to find the boathouse. They felt they had done enough motorboating for one morning, so they said goodbye to their dad and left the wharf, steering the Sleuth safely to the boathouse.
"If every trip we have in the Sleuth is as exciting as that one, we'll have no reason to kick," Frank remarked, as he shut off the engine.
"If every trip we take on the Sleuth is as thrilling as that one, we won't have any reason to complain," Frank said, as he turned off the engine.
CHAPTER XIV
Con Riley Guards a Package
Con Riley Watches a Package
Officer Con Riley was at peace with the world.
Officer Con Riley was at peace with everything.
His heart was full of contentment and his stomach was full of pie. The sun was shining and one of the aldermen had just given him a fairly good cigar. His beat had been free of crime for a week. His wife had gone to the country for a visit and she had taken the children with her. Hence, Con Riley's feeling of deep and lasting satisfaction with the world.
His heart was full of happiness and his stomach was full of pie. The sun was shining, and one of the city officials had just given him a decent cigar. He hadn’t dealt with any crime on his beat for a week. His wife had gone to the countryside for a visit and took the kids with her. That’s why Con Riley felt such a deep and lasting sense of satisfaction with the world.
Even the boys, his natural and hereditary enemies, had not tormented him for several days. Perhaps, he argued, it was because they were up to their ears in work, preparing for examinations. If that was the reason, Con Riley decided that examinations were good things and should be encouraged.
Even the boys, his natural and inherited enemies, hadn't bothered him for several days. Maybe, he thought, it was because they were swamped with work, getting ready for exams. If that was the case, Con Riley concluded that exams were a good thing and should be promoted.
As he sauntered along the shady side of Main Street, leisurely swinging his club and gravely responding to the greetings of, "Good afternoon, officer," he reflected that there were worse occupations in life than being on the Bayport police force. He was well content with his lot just then. He exchanged salutations with the traffic cop on the main corner and mentally congratulated himself because he was not a traffic cop; the job exposed one to all manner of weather, from cold, drenching rains to sizzling heat. No, he was just as glad he was on the beat.
As he strolled along the shady side of Main Street, casually swinging his club and seriously responding to the greetings of, "Good afternoon, officer," he thought about how there were worse jobs in life than being part of the Bayport police force. He was quite satisfied with his situation at that moment. He exchanged greetings with the traffic cop on the main corner and mentally patted himself on the back for not being a traffic cop; that job exposed you to all kinds of weather, from cold, pouring rain to scorching heat. No, he was just happy to be on patrol.
A troop of boys came down the street from the direction of the Bayport high school, and Riley instinctively stiffened. If it were not for those confounded boys, life would be very different for him. They did not seem to appreciate the dignity of his position. They were always contriving schemes to make him look ridiculous.
A group of boys came down the street from the direction of Bayport High School, and Riley instinctively tensed up. If it weren't for those annoying boys, his life would be very different. They didn't seem to understand the respect his position deserved. They were always coming up with plans to make him look foolish.
He spied the Hardy boys with their companions, and his frown deepened. Too smart, altogether, those Hardy lads. They weren't mischievous, he had to admit that, but they were meddling in the work of the police a little too much. Already they had been credited with solving a couple of mysteries that he, Con Riley, would certainly have solved alone if he had been given a little more time.
He spotted the Hardy boys with their friends, and his frown deepened. Those Hardy guys were too clever for their own good. He had to admit they weren’t troublemakers, but they were getting involved in police work a bit too much. They had already been given credit for solving a couple of mysteries that he, Con Riley, definitely would have figured out on his own if he had just been given a little more time.
Then there was Chet Morton—a boy who was born to be hanged, if ever there was one. He'd come to a bad end some day, that fellow. So would all the rest of them, Tony Prito, Phil Cohen, Jerry Gilroy, Biff Hooper—the whole pack of 'em.
Then there was Chet Morton—a guy who was destined to end up in trouble, if there ever was one. He was bound to meet a bad fate someday, that guy. So would all the others, Tony Prito, Phil Cohen, Jerry Gilroy, Biff Hooper—the whole crew of them.
Still, Con Riley was in a good humor that afternoon, so he unbended sufficiently to bestow a nod of greeting upon the boys. To his surprise they gathered around him.
Still, Con Riley was in a good mood that afternoon, so he relaxed enough to give a nod of greeting to the boys. To his surprise, they gathered around him.
"What has been done with Paul Blum?" asked Frank.
"What happened to Paul Blum?" asked Frank.
"He's in jail," said Riley, with the portentous frown he always assumed when discussing matters of crime. "He's in jail, and in jail he'll stay."
"He's in jail," Riley said, wearing the serious frown he always had when talking about crime. "He's in jail, and he'll stay in jail."
"Hasn't he been tried yet?"
"Hasn't he gone to trial yet?"
The constable shook his head.
The officer shook his head.
"Not yet. The rascal has a lawyer and the case has been adjourned."
"Not yet. The troublemaker has a lawyer and the case has been postponed."
"Not much doubt that he'll get a heavy sentence," remarked Chet, who was carrying beneath his arm a package wrapped in brown paper.
"There's no doubt he's going to get a steep sentence," said Chet, who was holding a package wrapped in brown paper under his arm.
"No doubt of it at all," agreed Riley.
"No doubt about it," Riley agreed.
"Didn't you fellows tell me that Lieutenant Riley helped capture the counterfeiter?" asked Chet innocently, turning to the Hardy boys.
"Didn't you guys tell me that Lieutenant Riley helped catch the counterfeiter?" asked Chet innocently, turning to the Hardy boys.
Riley's chest expanded visibly when he heard himself referred to as "Lieutenant," and when it dawned on him that Chet thought he had a part in the actual capture of Blum he tried to look as modest as possible, although he did not succeed very well.
Riley's chest puffed out when he heard himself called "Lieutenant," and when it hit him that Chet believed he played a role in capturing Blum, he tried to look as humble as he could, even though he didn't do a great job of it.
"Oh, I helped. I helped," he said, with a deprecatory wave of the hand.
"Oh, I helped. I helped," he said, waving his hand dismissively.
"If it hadn't been for Officer Riley the fellow might have got away," said Joe smoothly. "He slapped the handcuffs on Blum in the neatest manner you ever saw. He was waiting for us right at the dock."
"If Officer Riley hadn't been there, that guy might have gotten away," said Joe smoothly. "He put the handcuffs on Blum in the cleanest way you’ve ever seen. He was waiting for us right at the dock."
Riley beamed. This was praise, however undeserved, and he basked in the admiration of the boys. He told himself that he had perhaps been mistaken in his estimation of these lads after all. They were not mischievous young rascals, but bright, intelligent, high-minded boys who recognized human worth when they saw it and who respected achievement.
Riley smiled widely. This was praise, even if he didn’t feel he earned it, and he soaked in the admiration of the boys. He told himself that maybe he had been wrong about these guys after all. They weren’t just troublemakers; they were smart, thoughtful, well-intentioned boys who appreciated true worth and respected success.
"Yes," he said heavily, "I got Blum behind the bars and he won't get out again in a hurry."
"Yeah," he said heavily, "I got Blum locked up, and he won't be getting out anytime soon."
He said it as though he had personally been responsible for Blum's capture and personally responsible for seeing that the prisoner was kept safely locked up.
He said it like he had been directly responsible for Blum's capture and had made sure that the prisoner was kept securely locked up.
"No, he won't get away on you, Lieutenant Riley," said Chet.
"No, he won't escape you, Lieutenant Riley," Chet said.
Con Riley's opinion of Chet increased. The boy had mistaken him for a lieutenant. The mistake was natural enough, perhaps, but it would have to be corrected.
Con Riley's opinion of Chet grew. The kid had confused him for a lieutenant. The mix-up was understandable, but it needed to be fixed.
"Officer," he pointed out sadly. "Not lieutenant—officer."
"Officer," he pointed out sadly. "Not lieutenant—officer."
"Do you mean to tell me that you're not a lieutenant?" exclaimed Chet in well-assumed amazement.
"Are you seriously telling me that you're not a lieutenant?" Chet exclaimed, feigning surprise.
"Not yet," replied the officer, leaving the impression, however, that it was only a matter of hours before such promotion should be his in the natural course of events.
"Not yet," replied the officer, but it seemed clear that it was just a matter of hours before that promotion would naturally come his way.
Chet turned to his companions.
Chet faced his friends.
"Can you imagine that!" he exclaimed. "There's the police force for you. They keep a solid, brainy man like Riley here on the beat and let fellows like Collig be chief. It's wrong, I tell you. It's wrong."
"Can you believe that!" he shouted. "There's the police for you. They have a solid, smart guy like Riley out on the streets and let people like Collig be in charge. It's messed up, I’m telling you. It's messed up."
The boys gravely agreed that it was scandalous.
The boys seriously agreed that it was outrageous.
"A man's just got to be patient," said Riley, with the air of a martyr, and beginning to feel ill-used.
"A guy's just got to be patient," said Riley, sounding like a martyr and starting to feel mistreated.
"There's a limit to patience!" exclaimed Chet. "They're imposing on you, Mr. Riley. If I were you, I'd insist on my rights."
"There's a limit to patience!" Chet exclaimed. "They're taking advantage of you, Mr. Riley. If I were you, I'd stand up for my rights."
"Never mind," said Riley darkly. "My turn will come."
"Whatever," Riley said darkly. "I'll get my chance."
"You're just right it will. And we'll see that it comes very soon. Let's try to stir up public opinion, fellows, and see if we can't influence the public a little bit. If the public demands that Officer Riley be promoted, he'll be promoted."
"You're right, it will. And we'll make sure it happens soon. Let's work on shaping public opinion, everyone, and see if we can influence things a bit. If the public pushes for Officer Riley to be promoted, then he will be promoted."
"Why, that's very good of you," returned Riley pompously. "A few words in the right place mightn't do any harm at all."
"Well, that's very generous of you," replied Riley with a sense of self-importance. "A few words in the right context could actually be helpful."
"Those words shall be said," Chet assured him earnestly. "You may depend on us, Mr. Riley. We will see that your qualities of leadership are recognized. You're the only man who can wake this city up."
"Those words will be spoken," Chet promised him sincerely. "You can count on us, Mr. Riley. We will make sure your leadership skills are acknowledged. You're the only one who can energize this city."
Con Riley, a trifle dazed by this avalanche of flattery, but nevertheless feeling that every bit of it was deserved and that the boys deserved credit for their perception, beamed with appreciation.
Con Riley, a little overwhelmed by this flood of compliments, but still feeling that he deserved every bit of it and that the guys deserved credit for their insight, smiled with gratitude.
"Why, I never had no idea you lads felt like this," he said. "I always thought you had a sort of grudge against me."
"Wow, I never realized you guys felt this way," he said. "I always thought you held some kind of grudge against me."
The boys immediately disclaimed any such sentiments.
The boys quickly denied having any such feelings.
"We may have been a little bit troublesome at times," agreed Chet regretfully; "but that was because we didn't understand you. After this, you may depend on us. Your time will come, Mr. Riley. Your time will come."
"We might have been a bit difficult at times," Chet said regretfully, "but that was only because we didn't understand you. From now on, you can count on us. Your time will come, Mr. Riley. Your time will come."
With this fine oratorical effort, Chet produced the package from beneath his arm. "By the way," he said, "I wonder if you would mind guarding this package for me, Mr. Riley? You'll be here for the next ten minutes, won't you?"
With this impressive speech, Chet pulled the package out from under his arm. "By the way," he said, "I was wondering if you could watch this package for me, Mr. Riley? You'll be here for the next ten minutes, right?"
A doubt flashed across Riley's mind.
A doubt crossed Riley's mind.
"Why don't your friends look after it?"
"Why don't your friends take care of it?"
"We're all going to be together and we didn't care to wait. If a man by the name of Muggins comes along and asks for it, you'll give it to him, will you?"
"We're all going to be together and we didn't want to wait. If a guy named Muggins shows up and asks for it, you'll give it to him, right?"
Riley took the package. "I'll take care of it," he promised.
Riley grabbed the package. "I've got this," he promised.
"I wouldn't trust it with any one but you," declared Chet solemnly.
"I wouldn't trust it with anyone but you," Chet said seriously.
"You can trust me. I'll look after it. And if your friend Muggins comes along I'll see that he gets it safely all right."
"You can trust me. I’ll take care of it. And if your friend Muggins shows up, I’ll make sure he gets it safely."
Chet thanked Riley warmly and the boys hastened off and disappeared around the next corner. Riley, with the package under one arm, leaned against a post and thought well of himself and of the world in general. He completely revised his opinions of boys, and particularly of Chet Morton, whom he now regarded as an exceptionally intelligent lad who would make his mark in the world. Riley was glad that he was able to be of service to Chet by minding the package for him.
Chet thanked Riley warmly, and the boys quickly left, vanishing around the next corner. With the package tucked under one arm, Riley leaned against a post and felt good about himself and the world in general. He completely changed his views on boys, especially Chet Morton, whom he now saw as an exceptionally smart kid who would make a name for himself. Riley was happy to help Chet by taking care of the package for him.
The package was not very heavy. Riley was curious as to its contents. Chet had left the impression that it contained something quite valuable. He said he would not trust any one but Riley to guard it. That, in itself, was a compliment.
The package wasn't very heavy. Riley was curious about what was inside. Chet had made it seem like it held something really valuable. He said he wouldn't trust anyone but Riley to keep it safe. That, by itself, was a compliment.
The late afternoon was warm and as Con Riley leaned against the post and indulged in these pleasant meditations, permitting himself to speculate on what the boys had said about his fitness for promotion, allowing himself to remember how pleasant it had sounded to hear Chet refer to him as "Lieutenant," he became a bit drowsy. He was naturally a sleepy man, and he had long since schooled himself in the art of appearing to be wide awake while on duty while indulging in covert naps of a few minute's duration. The hurrying crowds of people behind him, because it was the five o'clock rush hour, gradually became a blurred impression of tramping feet and chattering voices.
The late afternoon was warm, and as Con Riley leaned against the post, he allowed himself to get lost in pleasant thoughts, wondering about what the guys had said regarding his chances for promotion. He reflected on how nice it felt to hear Chet call him "Lieutenant," and he started to feel a bit drowsy. He was naturally a sleepy guy and had long figured out how to look alert while on duty, sneaking in a few-minute naps here and there. The bustling crowds of people behind him, caught up in the five o'clock rush hour, slowly turned into a blurred mix of footsteps and chattering voices.
Suddenly the shrill jangle of an alarm clock sounded.
Suddenly, the sharp ring of an alarm clock went off.
Riley started violently, straightened up, blinked, and looked behind him.
Riley jumped, sat up straight, blinked, and turned to look behind him.
The alarm clock trilled steadily. Riley looked suspiciously at the people near by and the people looked at one another. He looked up into the air, looked down at the pavement, but still the mysterious alarm clock rattled on.
The alarm clock rang steadily. Riley eyed the people nearby with suspicion as they glanced at each other. He looked up at the sky, then down at the sidewalk, but the mysterious alarm clock kept ringing on.
Then Riley became aware that the alarm clock was in the package under his arm.
Then Riley realized that the alarm clock was in the package under his arm.
At the same time the crowd became aware of the fact as well. Some one tittered; some one else laughed outright.
At the same time, the crowd realized what was happening. Someone chuckled; another person laughed out loud.
"Carry your own alarm clock with you now, do you?" asked a man.
"Do you carry your own alarm clock with you now?" asked a man.
Riley felt very foolish. He was tempted to throw the package away, but instead he held it gingerly by the string and pushed his way through the crowd. The unremitting alarm clock rang loudly.
Riley felt really foolish. He was tempted to toss the package, but instead he held it carefully by the string and pushed his way through the crowd. The relentless alarm clock rang loudly.
"Time to wake up!" shouted a wit in the crowd.
"Time to wake up!" yelled someone in the crowd.
Riley flushed and hastened on down the street. But the alarm clock shrilled relentlessly. That tinkling bell seemed as though it would ring forever. And as Riley hurried on his way people turned and stared and laughed, and small boys began to follow him, while all the time the bell trilled on without a sign of weakening.
Riley blushed and rushed down the street. But the alarm clock kept ringing loudly. That tinkling bell sounded like it would go on forever. As Riley hurried along, people turned to stare and laughed, and little boys started to follow him, while the bell kept ringing without any sign of slowing down.
His journey down the street was a triumphal procession. The crowd of small boys following him swelled to the proportions of a parade. The bell rang on. Con Riley was the center of interest. He did not know what to do. If he threw away the package now it would be an admission that he had been the victim of a practical joke; the longer he kept the package the more the crowd laughed and the louder the bell seemed to ring.
His walk down the street felt like a big celebration. The group of little boys trailing behind him grew into a parade. The bell kept ringing. Con Riley was the focus of everyone's attention. He was unsure how to react. If he tossed the package now, it would mean he fell for a prank; the longer he held onto the package, the more the crowd laughed, and the louder the bell rang.
His steps became faster and faster, as though he were trying to run away from the sound. Every one was staring at him in amazement. The giggles and guffaws of the crowd became louder. The shouts of the small boys were more insistent.
His steps grew quicker and quicker, as if he were trying to escape the noise. Everyone was staring at him in disbelief. The laughter and jeers from the crowd grew louder. The shouts of the little boys became more persistent.
Across Con Riley's mind flitted certain phrases of Chet Morton. "Your time will come.... You're the only man who can wake this city up.... We shall see that your qualities of leadership are recognized...."
Across Con Riley's mind flashed certain phrases from Chet Morton. "Your time will come.... You're the only person who can wake this city up.... We'll make sure your leadership qualities are acknowledged...."
With a mutter of wrath he flung the tinkling package into the nearest alley. A uniformed street cleaner who was just emerging from the alley received the package full in the chest and sat down very suddenly. He flung the package back at Riley. The crowd whooped with glee. The package fell into the street, the bell still ringing, and one of the small boys picked it up and ran after Riley, asking if he wanted it back.
With an annoyed mutter, he threw the jingling package into the nearest alley. A uniformed street cleaner, just coming out of the alley, got hit in the chest with the package and sat down abruptly. He tossed the package back at Riley. The crowd cheered with delight. The package landed in the street, the bell still ringing, and one of the young boys picked it up and ran after Riley, asking if he wanted it back.
Thus he was pursued to the police station until the bell of the alarm clock ceased to ring, and only then did the crowd scatter.
Thus he was chased to the police station until the alarm clock stopped ringing, and only then did the crowd disperse.
Mopping his brow, flushed with anger, Riley took refuge in the station and vowed vengeance in the future on all the boys in Bayport, particularly high school boys, most especially Chet Morton's gang, and most absolutely and positively Chet Morton himself.
Mopping his brow, red with anger, Riley found safety in the station and promised himself he would get back at all the boys in Bayport, especially the high school boys, particularly Chet Morton's group, and definitely Chet Morton himself.
As for that worthy, in company with his chums, he had witnessed the alarm clock parade from a convenient corner across the street and was now limply making his way toward the Hardys' barn, pausing every now and then to burst into shrieks of laughter at the remembrance of Riley's undignified flight.
As for that guy, hanging out with his friends, he had watched the alarm clock parade from a nice spot across the street and was now slowly making his way to the Hardys' barn, stopping every once in a while to burst into fits of laughter at the memory of Riley's embarrassing escape.
But when the Hardy boys and their chums reached the house they found their father hastening down the front steps.
But when the Hardy boys and their friends got to the house, they saw their dad rushing down the front steps.
"I just had a telephone message from the police station," he said.
"I just got a voicemail from the police station," he said.
"What's the matter?" asked Frank, while the other lads looked at one another guiltily. Had Riley reported them?
"What's going on?" asked Frank, while the other guys glanced at each other nervously. Did Riley tell on them?
"Paul Blum has escaped from jail," said Fenton Hardy.
"Paul Blum has broken out of prison," said Fenton Hardy.
CHAPTER XV
The Chase
The Chase
"When?" asked the Hardy boys quickly, in response to their father's announcement of Paul Blum's escape.
"When?" the Hardy boys quickly asked, reacting to their father's announcement about Paul Blum's escape.
"Just a few minutes ago. At least that was when they discovered it. He managed to get out into the jail yard for some exercise, and in some way the guard's attention was distracted. Blum piled up a couple of old boxes against the wall and was over before any one saw him."
"Just a few minutes ago. At least that’s when they found out. He managed to get out into the jail yard for some exercise, and somehow the guard’s attention was diverted. Blum stacked a couple of old boxes against the wall and was over before anyone noticed him."
"I wonder where he would go?"
"I wonder where he would go?"
"The police are watching the roads and the trains. I don't think he can get out of the city that way. But I have an idea he has accomplices here, and if he can he'll join them and they'll see that he is smuggled out all right. I was going to suggest that you fellows take the motorboat and keep an eye on the bay."
"The police are monitoring the roads and the trains. I doubt he can escape the city that way. But I suspect he has some accomplices here, and if he can, he’ll meet up with them, and they’ll make sure he gets smuggled out safely. I was planning to suggest that you guys take the motorboat and keep watch over the bay."
"Good idea!" exclaimed Frank, who never needed an excuse to take the boat out. "Come on, Joe. Come on, Chet."
"Great idea!" shouted Frank, who never needed a reason to take the boat out. "Let's go, Joe. Let's go, Chet."
"I'll go out in dad's boat," volunteered Tony Prito.
"I'll take out Dad's boat," offered Tony Prito.
"Fine!" agreed the others, and the boys hastened down the street in the direction of the boathouses.
"Alright!" agreed the others, and the boys hurried down the street toward the boathouses.
Jerry Gilroy and Biff Hooper went with Tony, while Phil Cohen went with Chet and the Hardy boys.
Jerry Gilroy and Biff Hooper teamed up with Tony, while Phil Cohen paired up with Chet and the Hardy boys.
Frank unlocked the door of the boathouse and went inside, followed by the others.
Frank unlocked the boathouse door and walked in, followed by the others.
But the familiar shape of the Sleuth could not be seen.
But the recognizable shape of the Sleuth was nowhere in sight.
The front of the boathouse was open. The motorboat had disappeared.
The front of the boathouse was wide open. The motorboat was gone.
"The boat's gone!" he exclaimed in consternation.
"The boat's gone!" he exclaimed in shock.
The other boys stared, amazed at this unexpected development.
The other boys stared, shocked by this surprising turn of events.
"It's been stolen!" cried Frank. "No one has a key to the boathouse but Joe and me."
"It's been stolen!" shouted Frank. "The only people who have a key to the boathouse are Joe and me."
"It was here at noon!" exclaimed Joe. "I was in here for a few minutes before I went to school."
"It was right here at noon!" Joe exclaimed. "I was in here for a few minutes before I left for school."
"Who could have taken it?" asked Chet.
"Who could have taken it?" Chet asked.
"Do you think it could have been Paul Blum?" suggested Joe.
"Do you think it might have been Paul Blum?" Joe suggested.
The same thought had been in Frank's mind.
The same thought had crossed Frank's mind.
"That's who it was! He wanted to make a quick getaway, so he figured his best chance would be by boat."
"That's who it was! He wanted to make a quick escape, so he thought his best bet would be by boat."
"And perhaps he found out where our boathouse was, just so he could get even because we turned him over to the police," Joe put in.
"And maybe he figured out where our boathouse was, just to get back at us for turning him over to the police," Joe added.
"He can't be very far away," Phil Cohen pointed out. "Your father said he just escaped a little while ago."
"He can't be too far away," Phil Cohen pointed out. "Your dad said he just escaped a little while ago."
Frank ran along the landing out to the front of the boathouse. For a moment he scanned the bay. Then he gave a sudden shout.
Frank dashed down the landing to the front of the boathouse. For a moment, he looked over the bay. Then he let out a sudden shout.
"I see the boat! There's the Sleuth! I'd know it anywhere!"
"I see the boat! There's the Sleuth! I’d recognize it anywhere!"
The others ran to his side, and Frank pointed out a flashing white shape heading far up the bay. There were very few boats out that afternoon and there was no mistaking the Sleuth as it sped eastward.
The others ran to his side, and Frank pointed out a flashing white shape heading far up the bay. There were very few boats out that afternoon, and there was no mistaking the Sleuth as it sped eastward.
"Get Tony to chase him!" exclaimed Joe. "Quick!"
"Tell Tony to go after him!" Joe shouted. "Hurry!"
They ran hurriedly out of the boathouse and made their way down to the ramshackle building where Tony Prito kept his craft. The other boys looked up in surprise as the Hardys and their companions entered. Tony had been just on the point of starting.
They hurried out of the boathouse and headed down to the rundown building where Tony Prito stored his boat. The other boys looked up in surprise as the Hardys and their friends walked in. Tony was just about to start.
"Paul Blum has stolen our boat!" Frank told him. "He's making his getaway in it now!"
"Paul Blum took our boat!" Frank said. "He's escaping in it right now!"
"Paul Blum!" exclaimed Tony.
"Paul Blum!" exclaimed Tony.
"Yes. The escaped prisoner. There's the boat now," declared Joe, as he pointed out toward the bay.
"Yes. The escaped prisoner. There's the boat now," Joe said, pointing out toward the bay.
In a flash, Tony grasped the situation. He leaped into the motorboat.
In an instant, Tony understood what was happening. He jumped into the motorboat.
"Jump in! We'll chase him."
"Get in! We'll catch him."
The Hardy boys scrambled into the boat, but Chet and the others stayed behind.
The Hardy boys jumped into the boat, but Chet and the others stayed back.
"Too many cooks spoil the broth," explained Chet. "You'll need all the speed you can get out of that boat to catch him. We'd only delay you."
"Too many cooks mess things up," Chet explained. "You'll need every bit of speed you can get from that boat to catch him. We’d just slow you down."
Chet was eager to join in the chase, but he realized that the fewer passengers Tony's boat carried, the better would be their chance of capturing the fugitive. The other boys quickly took their cue from his attitude and declared that they would remain behind also.
Chet was excited to join the chase, but he understood that the fewer passengers Tony's boat had, the better their chances of catching the fugitive. The other boys quickly picked up on his attitude and said they would stay back too.
"We'll telephone to Barmet village," suggested Chet. "Perhaps a boat can put out from there and head him off."
"We’ll call Barmet village," Chet suggested. "Maybe a boat can go out from there and intercept him."
His remarks were drowned in the roar of the engine, as Tony's motorboat began to back slowly out into deeper water. It left the boathouse, then Tony turned the wheel and the motorboat headed about for the open bay.
His comments were lost in the loud sound of the engine as Tony's motorboat slowly backed out into deeper water. It left the boathouse, then Tony turned the wheel, and the motorboat headed toward the open bay.
"Now I guess you wish the Sleuth wasn't faster than my boat," he said, with a grin. "We'll have trouble catching him."
"Now I guess you wish the Sleuth wasn't faster than my boat," he said with a grin. "We're going to have a hard time catching him."
He opened the throttle, and the motorboat leaped ahead, leaving a widening trail of foaming water behind.
He pushed down on the throttle, and the motorboat surged forward, leaving a growing wake of frothy water behind.
The white shape of the stolen craft could be seen far out in the bay. Paul Blum was losing no time, and it was evident that his method of escape had not yet been discovered by the police, as Tony's craft was the only boat in pursuit. It was doubtful, too, if the fugitive realized as yet that he was being pursued.
The white outline of the stolen boat was visible far out in the bay. Paul Blum wasn't wasting any time, and it was clear that the police hadn't figured out his escape plan yet since Tony's boat was the only one chasing him. It was also uncertain if the fugitive was even aware that he was being followed.
"I'll let her out as fast as she'll go," said Tony, suiting the action to the word.
"I'll let her out as quickly as she can," said Tony, putting his words into action.
The boat was drumming along at a high rate of speed and it soon became apparent that they were gaining on the Sleuth. This was evidently because Paul Blum thought his flight had passed unnoticed and did not feel it necessary to run the craft at its highest speed.
The boat was racing along quickly, and it soon became clear that they were catching up to the Sleuth. This was obviously because Paul Blum believed his escape had gone unnoticed and didn’t think it was necessary to operate the boat at its maximum speed.
"If we can only sneak up behind him before he knows we're after him, we'll have a chance," said Joe.
"If we can just sneak up on him before he realizes we're after him, we’ll have a shot," said Joe.
"No such luck," Tony remarked. "He'll be looking behind once in a while."
"No way," Tony said. "He'll be checking behind him every now and then."
Frank found a pair of binoculars on one of the seats, and he raised them to his eyes, adjusting them so that Paul Blum and the speeding motorboat were brought within his line of vision. The distant Sleuth leaped closer as he looked through the glasses, and he could plainly see the face of the man at the wheel.
Frank found a pair of binoculars on one of the seats and raised them to his eyes, adjusting them so he could see Paul Blum and the speeding motorboat. The distant Sleuth appeared closer as he looked through the glasses, and he could clearly see the face of the man at the wheel.
They had not been mistaken. The fugitive was Paul Blum.
They were right. The escaped convict was Paul Blum.
Even as Frank looked, the man turned, and an expression of alarm crossed his face. He had seen the motorboat pursuing him.
Even as Frank watched, the man turned, and a look of alarm spread across his face. He had noticed the motorboat chasing him.
Frank saw Blum lean forward, and the Sleuth began to increase its speed. The wing of water cleft by its bow became higher and the spray was flying. Swiftly, the motorboat began to draw away.
Frank saw Blum lean forward, and the Sleuth started to speed up. The wave of water split by its bow got taller and the spray was flying. Quickly, the motorboat began to pull away.
"He's seen us," said Frank, lowering the binoculars.
"He's spotted us," Frank said, lowering the binoculars.
"We'll keep after him, anyway."
"We'll keep追ing him, anyway."
"We'll chase him clean across the Atlantic if the gas holds out," declared Tony.
"We'll chase him all the way across the Atlantic if we have enough gas," Tony said.
Joe gave an exclamation of delight.
Joe exclaimed with joy.
"The gas!" he exclaimed. "The gas! That's where we have him. I went down to the boathouse at noon just to see if there was enough gas in the tank, and it's pretty low. He hasn't enough to take him more than a few miles."
"The gas!" he shouted. "The gas! That's where we've got him. I went down to the boathouse at noon just to check if there was enough gas in the tank, and it's pretty low. He doesn't have enough to take him more than a few miles."
"Good!" exclaimed Tony. "That's where we have the edge. My boat may not be as fast as the Sleuth but the gas tank's full and there's some more in that can. We'll chase him till he has to quit."
"Awesome!" shouted Tony. "That's where we have the advantage. My boat might not be as fast as the Sleuth, but the gas tank is full, and there's more in that can. We'll追 him until he has to give up."
But if the gas in the Sleuth's tank was low, there was no sign of it just then. The motorboat sped on up the bay, gradually widening the distance between itself and the pursuing craft. Tony crouched at the wheel, impassively watching the flashing white streak far ahead.
But if the gas in the Sleuth's tank was low, there was no sign of it at that moment. The motorboat raced up the bay, slowly increasing the distance between itself and the chasing boat. Tony squatted at the wheel, calmly watching the flashing white streak in the distance.
"I wonder where he's heading for," said Frank.
"I wonder where he's going," said Frank.
"Along the coast, probably," Tony answered. "He'll likely get out of the bay, then head up the coast as far as he can and abandon the boat."
"Probably along the coast," Tony replied. "He'll likely leave the bay, then go up the coast as far as he can and ditch the boat."
"That's probably what he intends to do," put in Joe. "But he'll never get out of the bay. There isn't enough gas."
"That's probably what he plans to do," Joe said. "But he’ll never make it out of the bay. There’s not enough gas."
It was evident that Paul Blum had no intention of seeking refuge in Barmet village. On the contrary, he was heading toward the other side of the bay, in the direction of the mouth of Willow River.
It was clear that Paul Blum had no plans to take shelter in Barmet village. Instead, he was making his way to the other side of the bay, toward the mouth of Willow River.
"Perhaps he intends to go up the river," ventured Frank.
"Maybe he plans to head up the river," suggested Frank.
Tony shook his head.
Tony shook his head.
"Not if he knows what's good for him. He'd run full plump into the falls and rapids near the old mill."
"Not if he knows what's best for him. He'd run straight into the falls and rapids by the old mill."
"That's right, too." Frank had forgotten those obstacles.
"That's totally true." Frank had totally forgotten about those obstacles.
But while the Sleuth was still some distance away from the mouth of the river, her speed began to slacken.
But while the Sleuth was still a ways from the river's mouth, her speed started to slow down.
"Good!" exclaimed Joe. "The gas tank's empty."
"Great!" Joe exclaimed. "The gas tank is empty."
"Let us hope so," returned his brother. "What a sell for that man!"
"Let's hope so," his brother replied. "What a disappointment for that guy!"
But a moment later the other motorboat began to show signs of life again.
But a moment later, the other motorboat started to show signs of life again.
"She's started up!" groaned Joe. "Confound the luck, anyway."
"She's started!" Joe complained. "What bad luck."
A moment later a splutter came from the other boat.
A moment later, there was a splutter from the other boat.
"Gas must be running low," said Frank. "Gee, I wish he would stop entirely!"
"Gas must be running low," Frank said. "Man, I really wish he would just stop completely!"
"Same here."
"Me too."
Slower and slower went the white motorboat until at last it was just crawling along.
Slower and slower went the white motorboat until it was barely moving.
Frank picked up the binoculars again.
Frank picked up the binoculars again.
He could see Paul Blum laboring at the motor, trying to locate the source of trouble. The fugitive cast a glance backward; Frank could see the anxious expression on the man's face.
He could see Paul Blum working on the engine, trying to find the source of the problem. The fugitive looked back; Frank could see the nervous expression on the man's face.
"He's trapped, and he knows it."
"He's stuck, and he realizes it."
Rapidly, they gained on the Sleuth, which was now almost at a standstill, drifting back and forth in the waves. Paul Blum seized an oar that was carried in the boat in case of emergency, and frantically began to scull toward the shore.
Rapidly, they caught up to the Sleuth, which was now nearly stopped, drifting back and forth in the waves. Paul Blum grabbed an oar kept in the boat for emergencies and urgently started to row toward the shore.
But his effort was in vain. Tony's motorboat bore swiftly down upon him. The engine of the Sleuth had died.
But his effort was useless. Tony's motorboat sped toward him. The engine of the Sleuth had failed.
As the other craft drew alongside, Paul Blum cast aside the oar in admission of defeat. He sat sullenly in the boat without looking up.
As the other boat sidled up next to him, Paul Blum dropped the oar in acceptance of defeat. He slumped in the boat, not bothering to look up.
"Too bad, Blum!" shouted Frank. "We're going to take you back with us."
"Too bad, Blum!" Frank shouted. "We're taking you back with us."
"I'd have been all right if it hadn't been for the confounded gas running out," gritted the man.
"I would have been fine if it hadn't been for the damn gas running out," the man grumbled.
"We weren't so particular about getting you as we were about getting back our boat," said Joe. "Will you come back quietly?"
"We weren’t as focused on getting you as we were on getting our boat back," Joe said. "Will you come back quietly?"
Paul Blum shrugged his shoulders.
Paul Blum shrugged.
"I suppose I might as well," he said. "I haven't any weapons. If I had, you may depend on it, I'd put up a fight."
"I guess I might as well," he said. "I don't have any weapons. If I did, you can count on it, I would put up a fight."
"Just as glad you haven't, then," remarked Tony cheerfully. Carefully, he brought the boat alongside the Sleuth and Frank and Joe jumped over the side into their own craft.
"Just as happy you haven't, then," Tony said cheerfully. Carefully, he brought the boat alongside the Sleuth, and Frank and Joe jumped over the side into their own craft.
Paul Blum was resigned. He submitted to having his wrists bound with a piece of stout rope that the boys found on the stern of the boat, and then he sat down philosophically.
Paul Blum accepted his situation. He let the boys tie his wrists with a thick piece of rope they discovered at the back of the boat, and then he sat down calmly.
"I'll get away yet," he told them. "If I can't escape from that jail myself, my friends will see that I get out."
"I'll find a way to escape," he told them. "If I can't break out of this jail on my own, my friends will make sure I get out."
"How will we get back?" asked Frank, turning to Tony.
"How are we going to get back?" Frank asked, looking at Tony.
Paul Blum laughed.
Paul Blum chuckled.
"That's a problem for you," he said. "The gas tank's empty. What are you going to do about it?"
"That's your problem," he said. "The gas tank's empty. What are you going to do about it?"
Tony calmly handed over the can of gasoline from his own boat.
Tony calmly handed over the can of gas from his own boat.
"This should help," he remarked. "I always keep some spare gas on hand."
"This should help," he said. "I always keep some extra gas around."
Paul Blum, beaten, had no more to say. The Hardy boys poured the reserve supply of gasoline into the tank, and in a few minutes the engine was pounding away.
Paul Blum, defeated, had nothing left to say. The Hardy boys filled the tank with the extra gasoline, and in a few minutes, the engine was roaring to life.
Then, side by side, the two motorboats turned about and put back for Bayport.
Then, side by side, the two motorboats turned around and headed back to Bayport.
CHAPTER XVI
A Plan of Action
Action Plan
The quick work of the Hardy boys and Tony Prito in capturing Paul Blum won them many compliments within the next few days. Even Chief Collig grudgingly admitted that it had been a smart capture. In this he was perhaps largely prompted by a feeling that had Paul Blum made good his escape he, as chief, would have come in for considerable criticism from the townspeople.
The swift actions of the Hardy boys and Tony Prito in capturing Paul Blum earned them plenty of praise in the following days. Even Chief Collig reluctantly acknowledged that it was a clever capture. He was probably motivated by the thought that if Paul Blum had successfully escaped, he, as chief, would have faced significant criticism from the townspeople.
As it was, the laxity at the city jail was forgotten in the excitement surrounding the fugitive's return, and Chief Collig was correspondingly relieved. Had Paul Blum not been recaptured, the police force would have had to bear the brunt of public displeasure for having allowed the man to slip through their fingers.
As it turned out, the neglect at the city jail was overlooked in the excitement surrounding the fugitive's return, and Chief Collig felt a sense of relief. If Paul Blum hadn't been recaptured, the police would have faced a wave of public anger for letting the man get away.
The connection of the Hardy boys with the affair caused many people to recall their previous activities in the Tower Mansion case and the affair of the house on the cliff.
The involvement of the Hardy boys in the case made many people remember their earlier work on the Tower Mansion case and the incident at the house on the cliff.
"Those lads will be smart detectives yet," more than one person was heard to remark.
"Those guys are going to be great detectives someday," more than one person was heard to say.
Nothing could have pleased the boys more than recognition of the fact that they showed some ability in the profession of their famous father, and, in the light of their recent successes, even Mrs. Hardy was beginning to abandon her prejudices against their desire to be some day more than amateur detectives.
Nothing made the boys happier than being acknowledged for showing some talent in the field like their famous father. Given their recent successes, even Mrs. Hardy was starting to let go of her biases against their wish to someday be more than just amateur detectives.
But although Paul Blum was safe in jail, counterfeit money was still being circulated in Bayport and Barmet village.
But even though Paul Blum was safe in jail, fake money was still being passed around in Bayport and Barmet village.
Hardly a day passed that some one did not report to the police or to the banks that they had been the unwitting victims of the counterfeiters by cashing or accepting spurious bills. In one instance it was a garage owner who had changed a twenty dollar bill for a passing motorist who bought gasoline and oil. In another instance even the steamship ticket office had accepted a false five dollar bill for a ticket and the mistake had not been discovered until the following day. When the ticket, which was bought at a cost of eighty cents, was traced by its number it was found that it had never been presented on the steamboat.
Hardly a day went by without someone reporting to the police or banks that they had unknowingly fallen victim to counterfeiters by cashing or accepting fake bills. In one case, a garage owner changed a twenty-dollar bill for a motorist who bought gasoline and oil. In another instance, even the steamship ticket office accepted a counterfeit five-dollar bill for a ticket, and the mistake wasn’t discovered until the next day. When the ticket, which was bought for eighty cents, was traced by its number, it was found that it had never been used on the steamboat.
So many instances came to light that the entire city was on guard against the counterfeiters, but so excellent were the imitation bills and so plausible were the excuses of those who sought to pass them on that many people were victimized in spite of their caution.
So many cases came to light that the whole city was on alert against the counterfeiters, but the imitation bills were so well-made and the excuses of those trying to use them were so believable that many people fell for the scams despite their caution.
In some cases, merchants were handed counterfeit bills by respectable citizens of Bayport, people who were above reproach, and when the fact was pointed out, the would-be customers explained that they had received the money in good faith from equally reputable citizens. Often the original source of the bad money could not be traced, the counterfeit bills had passed through so many different hands without being discovered.
In some cases, merchants were given counterfeit bills by upstanding citizens of Bayport, individuals who were above suspicion, and when this was brought to their attention, the supposed customers claimed that they had gotten the money in good faith from other reputable people. Often, the original source of the fake money could not be traced, as the counterfeit bills had changed hands so many times without being detected.
The boys talked the matter over several times with their father, and one day Fenton Hardy took them into his confidence.
The boys discussed the issue with their father multiple times, and one day Fenton Hardy decided to confide in them.
"Don't tell anybody," he said, "but the Federal agents have come across some evidence which makes them think the counterfeiting plant is located somewhere near Barmet village."
"Don't tell anyone," he said, "but the federal agents have found some evidence that makes them think the counterfeiting operation is located somewhere near Barmet village."
"Have they got any definite idea, dad?" asked Joe eagerly.
"Do they have any clear idea, Dad?" Joe asked eagerly.
"They think it is up in the woods—maybe at some farmhouse. You know the country over on the other side of the bay is pretty wild. There would be plenty of hiding places there for counterfeiters."
"They believe it's up in the woods—maybe at some farmhouse. You know the area across the bay is pretty rough. There would be plenty of hiding spots there for counterfeiters."
Mr. Hardy spoke of several places that were being watched, but he admitted that so far the Federal agents had unearthed little of practical value.
Mr. Hardy mentioned several locations that were being monitored, but he admitted that so far the Federal agents had discovered very little of practical value.
"They know that most of the bad money is circulated in this vicinity and in and around Boston," he concluded. "It's just possible the plant may be in the Hub." There the talk came to an end and the boys walked away as they knew their father was getting ready for a hurried trip to the city.
"They know that a lot of the counterfeit money is being circulated around here and in and around Boston," he concluded. "It's possible the operation might be in the city." With that, the conversation ended, and the boys walked away since they knew their dad was prepping for a quick trip to the city.
"It's a good chance for us to do some real detective work," said Frank to his brother one afternoon after school, as they were in the gymnasium in the barn back of the Hardy home. "The whole city is worked up over this counterfeit money business."
"It's a great opportunity for us to do some real detective work," Frank said to his brother one afternoon after school while they were in the gymnasium in the barn behind the Hardy home. "The whole city is buzzing about this counterfeit money situation."
"Smarter detectives than we are are working on the case," Joe pointed out, "but they haven't found much yet."
"More skilled detectives than us are working on the case," Joe pointed out, "but they haven't discovered much yet."
"Paul Blum won't talk. If we could get something out of him we might have a clue to go on."
"Paul Blum won't say a word. If we could get him to open up, we might have a lead to work with."
"He won't say a word. It's my opinion he doesn't know much about the source of the counterfeit money, anyway. I think he was only an agent sent out to dispose of as much of it as he could. They probably have a dozen men traveling around the country passing off these bad bills. Once the money gets into circulation it's liable to pass through a dozen hands before it is discovered."
"He won't say anything. Honestly, I don't think he knows much about where the fake money came from. I believe he was just a guy sent out to get rid of as much of it as possible. They probably have a bunch of people going around the country using these fake bills. Once the money starts circulating, it's likely to go through many hands before anyone realizes it's counterfeit."
"Perhaps that man who stung the garage owner for twenty dollars had no idea the money was bad. And perhaps it's the same way with the fellow who bought the ticket at the steamboat office."
"Maybe that guy who tricked the garage owner out of twenty dollars didn't realize the money was counterfeit. And maybe it's the same for the guy who bought the ticket at the steamboat office."
"It's queer that most of the fuss is being raised right around this city. You don't hear much about it from other places."
"It's strange that all the hype is happening right here in this city. You don't hear much about it from anywhere else."
"It's my idea," said Frank, "that the counterfeiters have their plant right in this vicinity."
"It's my idea," Frank said, "that the counterfeiters have their operation right around here."
"Do you think so?"
"Do you really think that?"
"Just as you said—most of the counterfeit money seems to be passed in and around Bayport."
"Just like you said—most of the fake money seems to be circulating in and around Bayport."
"Where do you think they could be making the stuff?"
"Where do you think they might be producing the stuff?"
Frank shrugged.
Frank shrugged.
"You never can tell. Perhaps in some cellar of one of the downtown buildings, for all we know. Personally, I've got an idea. It may be foolish, but I've been turning it over in my head for a few days, and the more I think of it, the more reasonable it seems."
"You never really know. Maybe it's in a basement of one of the downtown buildings, who knows. Personally, I've got a theory. It might be silly, but I've been thinking about it for a few days, and the more I consider it, the more sense it makes."
"Spring it."
"Spring it!"
"You remember the day we were at the old mill?"
"You remember the day we were at the old mill?"
"I'll say I do! Those fellows wouldn't let me dry my clothes in the mill after I'd fished that precious kid out of the water."
"I'll definitely say I do! Those guys wouldn't let me dry my clothes in the mill after I pulled that precious kid out of the water."
"But one of them offered us a reward, didn't he?"
"But one of them offered us a reward, right?"
"Oh, well—you can't take a reward for that."
"Oh, well—you can't accept a reward for that."
"That isn't what I'm getting at. Do you remember how the other man grabbed the bills out of his hand and turned his back to us?"
"That's not what I'm trying to say. Do you remember how the other guy snatched the bills out of his hand and turned away from us?"
"Sure! He said he wanted to see if they were fives or ones. But it was rather funny that he turned his back to us. I thought so at the time. Still, he offered the money to us again."
"Sure! He said he wanted to see if they were fives or ones. But it was kind of funny that he turned his back to us. I thought so at the time. Still, he offered the money to us again."
"But was it the same money?"
"But was it the same cash?"
Joe was silent. The idea had not occurred to him before.
Joe was quiet. He had never thought of that idea before.
"Do you mean," he said at last, "that perhaps the fellow changed the bills while he had his back turned?"
"Are you saying," he finally asked, "that maybe the guy switched the bills while he wasn't looking?"
"Exactly."
"Exactly."
"But why should he do that?"
"But why should he do that?"
"Don't you see? Perhaps the first bills were counterfeit. Perhaps the man thought that if we took the counterfeit bills and later found out that they weren't good, we would remember where they came from and start an investigation. This is only a theory, remember; but perhaps the reason he took the bills from the man they called Dock was to change them for good bills, so that we would have no cause for suspicion."
"Don't you get it? Maybe the first bills were fake. Maybe he figured that if we took the fake bills and later realized they were worthless, we'd remember where they came from and start looking into it. This is just a theory, mind you; but maybe the reason he took the bills from the guy they called Dock was to swap them for real ones, so we wouldn't have any reason to be suspicious."
Joe nodded reflectively.
Joe nodded thoughtfully.
"By gosh, Frank, there may be something to your idea, after all. Say! Perhaps that's where the counterfeiting plant is. Right in the old mill!"
"Wow, Frank, there might actually be something to your idea. Hey! Maybe that's where the counterfeiting operation is. Right in the old mill!"
"That's just what I've been driving at. There's something fishy about the old mill, for all their story that they're making a patent kind of breakfast food. That may be true, of course, but still—"
"That's exactly what I've been getting at. There's something off about the old mill, despite their claim that they're producing a patented type of breakfast food. That might be true, of course, but still—"
"They didn't look very much like scientists to me."
"They didn't seem much like scientists to me."
"To me, either."
"Same here."
"But how can we find out anything more about the place than we know already? They won't let any one inside the mill, and it's quite evident that they don't want any one around the place at all."
"But how can we learn anything more about the place than we already know? They won't let anyone inside the mill, and it's pretty clear that they don't want anyone around at all."
"What made me suspicious," said Frank, "was the fact that Paul Blum seemed to be heading for the mouth of Willow River that afternoon he got away in the motorboat. I began to wonder later if he might have been intending to make his way up as far as the old mill. Perhaps he is connected with the gang."
"What made me suspicious," Frank said, "was the fact that Paul Blum seemed to be heading for the mouth of Willow River that afternoon he escaped in the motorboat. I later started to wonder if he might have been planning to go up as far as the old mill. Maybe he's connected with the gang."
"It looks reasonable. But if we show our noses around there they'll just chase us away."
"It seems fine. But if we stick our noses in there, they'll just want to kick us out."
"There's Lester."
"There’s Lester."
"Lester?"
"Lester?"
"The boy we saved from drowning. We have him on our side anyway, I think. If we haven't, he must be a very ungrateful beggar. I'd just like to ask him a few questions about this patent breakfast food yarn."
"The boy we saved from drowning. We’ve got him on our side, I think. If we don’t, he must be a really ungrateful beggar. I’d just like to ask him a few questions about this patent breakfast food story."
"That's a good idea!" cried Joe. "If he tells us any kind of story at all we can soon tell if he's lying or not. But, somehow, I don't think he would lie to us. He seemed to me to be a pretty decent sort of boy."
"That's a great idea!" exclaimed Joe. "If he shares any story with us, we can quickly figure out if he's lying. But, for some reason, I don't think he would lie to us. He seemed like a really decent guy to me."
"That's what I thought of him too. Chances are, if these men are counterfeiters, they're keeping him there as a prisoner. He might be only too glad to tell what he knows, if given a chance."
"That's what I thought of him too. If these guys are counterfeiters, they probably have him locked up. He might be more than willing to share what he knows if he gets a chance."
"And if it turns out that those men really are scientists and that the mill is really being used for this breakfast food stunt, we won't be making ourselves foolish by poking around and perhaps getting into all sorts of trouble for suspecting they were counterfeiters."
"And if it turns out those guys really are scientists and the mill is actually being used for this breakfast food trick, we won’t look silly by snooping around and possibly getting into all kinds of trouble for thinking they were fakes."
Frank nodded.
Frank agreed.
"That was my idea in suggesting Lester. We have to work pretty carefully, for it wouldn't do to start a hue-and-cry and find out that those fellows really are scientists after all. But what do you say to taking the motorcycles to-morrow morning and going up to the old mill to see if we can get to talking to the boy?"
"That was my thought in suggesting Lester. We need to be cautious, as we wouldn’t want to raise alarm and discover that those guys are actually scientists. But what do you think about taking the motorcycles tomorrow morning and heading up to the old mill to see if we can chat with the boy?"
"I'm game. To-morrow's Saturday. Even if the men at the mill do see us they'll think we're just out on a holiday outing. There's no law against going near the old mill, even if they don't want strangers around."
"I'm in. Tomorrow's Saturday. Even if the guys at the mill see us, they'll just think we're out enjoying the weekend. There's no law against being near the old mill, even if they don't want strangers around."
So the arrangement was made, and the Hardy boys laid their plans for a visit to the old mill on the following day. Each felt that there was something suspicious about the place, some mystery that was not entirely nor satisfactorily solved by the breakfast food explanation. If they could only talk to Lester, who was already under obligation to them for having saved his life, they felt that they would go a long way toward verifying or dispelling their suspicions regarding the three men who were the present occupants of the mill.
So they made the plans, and the Hardy boys organized their visit to the old mill for the next day. They both sensed that something was off about the place, some mystery that the breakfast food explanation didn’t fully clear up. If they could just talk to Lester, who already owed them for saving his life, they believed they could either confirm or put to rest their suspicions about the three men currently staying in the mill.
CHAPTER XVII
What Lester Said
What Lester Said
The Hardy boys set out for the old mill on the following morning.
The Hardy boys headed out to the old mill the next morning.
They went up the shore road by motorcycle, then turned on to the deserted loop that led to the mill on the banks of the Willow River. When they came within sight of the river they left their motorcycles under some trees by the roadside, and went on their way on foot.
They rode up the coast road on their motorcycle, then turned onto the quiet loop that led to the mill by the Willow River. When they could see the river, they parked their motorcycles under some trees by the side of the road and continued on foot.
They had brought fishing poles and fishing tackle with them.
They had brought fishing rods and gear with them.
"We might as well enjoy ourselves while we're on the trip," Frank had said, in making this suggestion. "Besides, it gives us an excuse for being near the mill. There always was good fishing down by the pool near the mill race."
"We might as well have some fun while we're on the trip," Frank had said when he made this suggestion. "Plus, it gives us a reason to be near the mill. There’s always been great fishing by the pool near the mill race."
They came out of the woods some distance above the mill and began to fish, working their way slowly down the river. By the time they had come within sight of the mill, Frank had caught two fish and Joe had caught one.
They emerged from the woods a bit above the mill and started fishing, making their way slowly down the river. By the time they could see the mill, Frank had caught two fish and Joe had caught one.
The mill wheel was revolving slowly and they could hear the muffled sound of machinery within the building. Down by the pool they could see a lone figure moving about.
The mill wheel was turning slowly, and they could hear the muffled sounds of machinery inside the building. By the pool, they noticed a single figure moving around.
"I believe that's Lester!" exclaimed Joe.
"I think that's Lester!" shouted Joe.
"That's who it is, all right," agreed his brother, after a glance. "And he's fishing, too."
"That's definitely him," his brother agreed after taking a quick look. "And he's fishing, too."
Lester was standing on the bank of the pool, a fishing rod in his hand. But he did not seem to be very enthusiastic about the sport, for there was little eagerness in his expression as he eyed the motionless float on top of the water.
Lester was standing on the edge of the pool, holding a fishing rod. But he didn't seem very excited about the sport, as there was barely any enthusiasm in his expression while he looked at the still float on the water.
Frank and Joe came slowly down the bank toward him, and he looked up at their approach. He recognized them immediately and a smile came over his face.
Frank and Joe walked slowly down the bank toward him, and he looked up as they approached. He recognized them right away, and a smile spread across his face.
"Hello!" he said shyly.
"Hi!" he said shyly.
"Hello, Lester," they greeted him. "Any luck?"
"Hey, Lester," they said to him. "Did you have any luck?"
"None yet," admitted the lad. "I don't care for fishing, anyway."
"Not yet," the guy admitted. "I don't really like fishing, anyway."
"There's supposed to be plenty of fish in this pool," Frank told him.
"There's supposed to be a lot of fish in this pool," Frank told him.
Lester shrugged his shoulders.
Lester shrugged.
"I suppose so. I've caught quite a few. But when you haven't anything to do but fish all day long you don't care for it so much."
"I guess that's true. I've caught quite a few. But when you spend all day fishing with nothing else to do, it doesn't mean as much."
"Is that all you do?" asked Joe.
"Is that all you do?" Joe asked.
"That's all. It's mighty lonesome living at this old mill all the time."
"That's it. It's really lonely living at this old mill all the time."
"Why don't you go down to the city once in a while?"
"Why don't you go to the city every now and then?"
"Uncle Dock won't let me."
"Uncle Dock won't allow me."
The boy was evidently lonely and glad to see them. He sat down on the bank and forgot his fishing in his delight at being able to talk to boys of his own age.
The boy was clearly lonely and happy to see them. He sat down on the bank and forgot about his fishing, thrilled to finally talk to kids his own age.
"Do you go to school?" he asked wistfully.
"Do you go to school?" he asked with a hint of longing.
The Hardy boys nodded.
The Hardy Boys nodded.
"Every day?"
"Every day?"
"Every day but Saturdays and Sundays."
"Every day except Saturday and Sunday."
"I wish I could go to school. You fellows are lucky."
"I wish I could go to school. You guys are lucky."
Joe and Frank looked at one another. This was the first time they had ever met any one who considered that they were fortunate in being able to go to school.
Joe and Frank looked at each other. This was the first time they had ever met anyone who thought they were lucky to be able to go to school.
"I suppose we are," admitted Frank, with a smile. "Although sometimes we don't think so."
"I guess we are," Frank admitted with a smile. "Even if we don't always realize it."
"Are there lots of other fellows at the school?"
"Are there a lot of other guys at the school?"
"Quite a few."
"Quite a lot."
Lester sighed.
Lester let out a sigh.
"Gee, I wish I could go," he said. "But Uncle Dock won't let me go anywhere."
"Man, I wish I could go," he said. "But Uncle Dock won't let me go anywhere."
"Where did you come from?" asked Frank.
"Where did you come from?" Frank asked.
"Washington. But even there I didn't know any of the boys. Uncle Dock keeps me with him all the time. But he says we'll be rich some day and then I can have all the friends I want."
"Washington. But even there I didn't know any of the guys. Uncle Dock keeps me with him all the time. But he says we'll be rich one day, and then I can have as many friends as I want."
"What does your uncle do for a living?" inquired Joe.
"What does your uncle do for work?" Joe asked.
"Why, he runs the mill," answered the boy, evidently surprised by the question.
"Well, he runs the mill," replied the boy, clearly surprised by the question.
"But what does he make? Breakfast food?"
"But what does he make? Breakfast food?"
"I don't know. I don't know much about it. Uncle Dock never tells me anything."
"I don't know. I don't know much about it. Uncle Dock never tells me anything."
"Did he move any new machinery into the mill?" asked Frank.
"Did he bring in any new machinery for the mill?" asked Frank.
"Oh, when we first came here there was a lot of new machinery put in. It's all in a back room."
"Oh, when we first arrived here, they installed a lot of new machines. They're all in a back room."
"What does it look like?" Joe inquired lazily.
"What does it look like?" Joe asked casually.
"I've never seen it. It's in a stone room, and they keep the door locked all the time. Uncle Dock boxed my ears once when he saw me near the door."
"I've never seen it. It's in a stone room, and they keep the door locked all the time. Uncle Dock slapped my ears once when he caught me near the door."
"Have you ever seen any of the breakfast food?"
"Have you ever seen any of the breakfast food?"
The boy shook his head.
The kid shook his head.
"I've never seen any yet."
"I haven't seen any yet."
"Do they ship it all out?"
"Do they ship everything out?"
Lester hesitated.
Lester paused.
"Once in a while Mr. Markel goes into the city with some packages. But they're never very large."
"Occasionally, Mr. Markel heads into the city with a few packages. But they're never very big."
"Is Mr. Markel related to you?"
"Are you related to Mr. Markel?"
"No. I never saw the other two men before Uncle Dock brought me here."
"No, I’ve never seen the other two guys before Uncle Dock brought me here."
"Is he your real uncle?"
"Is he your actual uncle?"
"Oh, yes. He has looked after me for about a year now, ever since my father died."
"Oh, yes. He's been taking care of me for about a year now, ever since my dad passed away."
"Is he good to you?" asked Frank.
"Is he treating you well?" asked Frank.
"Sometimes. But he won't let me go to school or have any friends, and if I don't do just as he says, he beats me."
"Sometimes. But he won't let me go to school or have any friends, and if I don't do exactly what he says, he hits me."
"What did he do when he lived in Washington?" inquired Joe. "Did he make breakfast food there, too?"
"What did he do when he lived in Washington?" Joe asked. "Did he make breakfast food there, too?"
The boy laughed.
The kid laughed.
"He didn't do very much of anything. He used to go out at night a lot and leave me all alone. Sometimes he wouldn't come back until nearly morning. He told me he was working in a factory. But sometimes funny looking men would call on him and they'd talk for a long while."
"He didn’t do much of anything. He used to go out at night all the time and leave me all alone. Sometimes he wouldn’t come back until nearly morning. He said he was working in a factory. But sometimes strange-looking guys would come over, and they’d talk for a long time."
"And he's never told you anything about the breakfast food?"
"And he’s never mentioned anything about the breakfast food?"
"Nothing."
"None."
"How long do you think you'll be here?"
"How long do you think you'll be here?"
"I don't know. Uncle Dock says we may be here for a month yet. But he always has a valise packed so we can go any time."
"I don't know. Uncle Dock says we might be here for another month. But he always keeps a suitcase ready, so we can leave at any moment."
The Hardy boys looked at one another significantly.
The Hardy boys exchanged meaningful glances.
Was the patent breakfast food enterprise legitimate or illegitimate?
Was the patent breakfast food business legitimate or illegitimate?
From what the boy had said, there appeared to be grounds for suspicion. It did not seem that Uncle Dock was a scientist after all.
From what the boy said, it seemed like there was a reason to be suspicious. It didn’t look like Uncle Dock was actually a scientist after all.
"I wish we were rich now," said Lester. "I'd like to go away from here and go to school. I wish Uncle Dock would move into Bayport so I could go to school with you fellows. But I guess there isn't much chance of that."
"I wish we were rich right now," said Lester. "I’d love to get away from here and go to school. I wish Uncle Dock would move to Bayport so I could go to school with you guys. But I guess there's not much chance of that."
"Your uncle is pretty sure he's going to be rich?" said Frank.
"Is your uncle really thinking he's going to get rich?" Frank asked.
"Oh, yes. He has told me often that we'd be rich some day and that I could have all the friends I wanted then."
"Oh, definitely. He has told me many times that we would be wealthy one day and that I could have all the friends I wanted then."
"He must expect the breakfast food to be a success."
"He should expect the breakfast food to be a hit."
"I suppose so."
"I guess so."
"Has he ever bought any grain from the farmers around here?" inquired Joe.
"Has he ever purchased any grain from the farmers around here?" Joe asked.
The boy shook his head.
The kid shook his head.
"No. Some people tried to sell grain to him, but he wouldn't buy it."
"No. Some people tried to sell him grain, but he wouldn't buy any."
"Then what is he making the breakfast food out of?"
"Then what is he using to make the breakfast food?"
The boy shrugged his shoulders indifferently.
The boy shrugged his shoulders without caring.
"I don't know," he answered vaguely. "I don't know much about it. He never tells me anything and he never lets me into the workroom."
"I don't know," he replied vaguely. "I don't know much about it. He never shares anything with me, and he never lets me into the workroom."
That was the sum and substance of Lester's knowledge of the activities of his Uncle Dock and his two associates. The boy did not seem to object to being questioned; it was plain that he was so lonesome that he welcomed the opportunity of talking to some one. And the more the Hardy boys interrogated him the more convinced they were that their suspicions of Uncle Dock and the other two men were not unfounded.
That was everything Lester knew about what his Uncle Dock and his two partners were up to. The boy didn’t seem to mind being asked questions; it was obvious he was so lonely that he appreciated the chance to talk to someone. And the more the Hardy boys questioned him, the more they believed that their suspicions about Uncle Dock and the other two men were valid.
"Doesn't he make you do any work?" asked Frank.
"Doesn't he make you do any work?" Frank asked.
"I have to chop wood once in a while, and bring water up from the spring. But there's not much to do. It's pretty dull here. I wish there was more work for me to do. But mostly I just fish and swim and hang around."
"I have to chop wood every now and then and bring water up from the spring. But there’s not a lot to do. It’s pretty boring here. I wish there was more for me to do. But mostly I just fish, swim, and relax."
"Doesn't he let you help him in the mill?"
"Doesn’t he allow you to help him at the mill?"
"No. I've offered to help, but none of them will let me come into the workroom."
"No. I've offered to help, but none of them will let me into the workroom."
"Workroom? Don't they use the whole mill?"
"Workroom? Don't they use the entire mill?"
"Only the stone room where the new machinery is."
"Only the stone room where the new equipment is."
"And the old machinery isn't being used at all?"
"And the old machinery isn't being used at all?"
"No."
"No."
At that moment there was an interruption. A shout from the mill attracted their attention and, looking up, they saw Uncle Dock standing in the doorway.
At that moment, they were interrupted by a shout from the mill. Looking up, they saw Uncle Dock standing in the doorway.
"Lester!" he bellowed angrily.
"Lester!" he yelled angrily.
"Yes?"
"Yep?"
"Come up here this minute," ordered the old man. He left the door and came down the slope toward the river.
"Get up here right now," commanded the old man. He stepped away from the door and walked down the slope toward the river.
"Now I'm in for it," said the boy. "I suppose he'll be angry now because I was talking to you."
"Now I'm in trouble," said the boy. "I guess he's going to be mad now because I was talking to you."
Uncle Dock was indeed angry. As he came up to the group he was muttering beneath his breath.
Uncle Dock was really angry. As he approached the group, he was mumbling to himself.
"Get back up to the mill, you young rascal!" he ordered, giving Lester a cuff on the side of the head. "How often have I told you not to be talking to strangers. You talk too much altogether. Get back up to the mill and stay there."
"Get back up to the mill, you little troublemaker!" he ordered, giving Lester a light smack on the side of the head. "How many times have I told you not to talk to strangers? You talk way too much. Get back up to the mill and stay there."
"We were just chatting—" began the boy, but Uncle Dock silenced him with a blow.
"We were just chatting—" the boy started, but Uncle Dock cut him off with a punch.
With an appealing glance at the Hardy boys, Lester began to make his way back up the slope toward the mill. Uncle Dock turned toward Joe and Frank, surveying them resentfully.
With a charming look at the Hardy boys, Lester started heading back up the hill toward the mill. Uncle Dock glared at Joe and Frank, looking at them with resentment.
"What are you doing, loafing around here?" he demanded.
"What are you doing, just hanging out here?" he asked.
"We're not loafing. We have been fishing in the river," said Frank. "Not that it's any of your business, so far as I can see."
"We're not just wasting time. We've been fishing in the river," said Frank. "Not that it's any of your business, as far as I can tell."
"I'll make it my business," thundered Uncle Dock. "You two fellows had better stay away from here after this. We don't want you hanging around here."
"I'll take care of it," Uncle Dock shouted. "You two should stay away from here from now on. We don’t want you hanging around."
"The river is free," Joe reminded him.
"The river is free," Joe reminded him.
"Keep away from around this mill or I'll make it hot for you. What was that rascal of a boy telling you?"
"Stay away from this mill or I'll make things difficult for you. What was that troublemaker of a boy saying to you?"
"We were just talking," replied Frank evasively.
"We were just chatting," Frank replied, being a bit evasive.
"Well, don't talk to him again. I don't want him mixing up with all the riff-raff of the country and talking to every Tom, Dick and Harry that comes around. I'll thank you to stay away from here after this."
"Well, don’t talk to him again. I don’t want him getting involved with all the troublemakers in the area and chatting with every random person who shows up. I’d appreciate it if you could stay away from here after this."
Whereupon Uncle Dock, still grumbling indignantly, went stamping up the slope again toward the mill. The Hardy boys, not a bit alarmed by the outburst, but feeling that they had gained valuable information that day, began to move slowly down the river bank away from the vicinity of the old mill.
Whereupon Uncle Dock, still grumbling angrily, marched back up the hill toward the mill. The Hardy boys, not at all worried by the outburst and sensing they had picked up useful information that day, started to slowly walk down the riverbank away from the old mill.
CHAPTER XVIII
Suspicions
Suspicions
"What do you think, Joe?" asked Frank, as they were speeding back to Bayport on their motorcycles.
"What do you think, Joe?" Frank asked as they sped back to Bayport on their motorcycles.
"I don't think Uncle Dock is a scientist any more than I am."
"I don't think Uncle Dock is a scientist any more than I am."
"That's my opinion, too. Why should they have so much secrecy about a new kind of breakfast food? Why won't they even let Lester into the workroom with them?"
"That's my opinion, too. Why should they be so secretive about a new type of breakfast food? Why won't they even let Lester into the workroom with them?"
"Something fishy about it. And it's plain by now that Uncle Dock doesn't like strangers around the place."
"Something seems off about it. And it's clear now that Uncle Dock doesn't like having strangers around."
"That poor kid must lead a lonely life with that gang. It's a wonder he doesn't run away from them."
"That poor kid must have a lonely life with that group. It’s a miracle he doesn’t just escape from them."
"He has no place else to go, I suppose. He seems a nice sort of chap, too," Joe answered.
"He doesn't have anywhere else to go, I guess. He seems like a nice guy, too," Joe answered.
"Well, we didn't get anything definite from him, but we know enough to make us mighty suspicious of what's going on in that old mill."
"Well, we didn't get anything clear from him, but we know enough to make us really suspicious of what's happening in that old mill."
"I'd just like to get a look at that machinery in the secret room the boy mentioned."
"I just want to check out that machinery in the secret room that the boy talked about."
Frank was silent for a while.
Frank was quiet for a bit.
"I wish Uncle Dock hadn't seen us there to-day. It'll make it awkward now if we ever go back. He has told us to stay away, and now he'll be suspicious if he ever sees us around there again."
"I wish Uncle Dock hadn't spotted us there today. It'll be uncomfortable if we ever go back. He's told us to stay away, and now he'll be suspicious if he sees us around there again."
"We might tell dad what we know about the place."
"We could tell Dad what we know about the place."
But Frank vetoed this suggestion.
But Frank rejected this idea.
"I'd rather work along our own lines until we get something more definite," he said. "If we get some real evidence we can tell dad about it. So far we have nothing to go on but our own suspicions."
"I'd rather stick to our own plan until we have something more concrete," he said. "If we find some solid evidence, we can fill Dad in on it. So far, we only have our own suspicions to rely on."
All the way back to Bayport, the Hardy boys discussed the various aspects of the case, and although they agreed that the mysterious activities of the three men at the old mill tended to indicate almost anything but scientific endeavors, they realized that if they investigated too thoroughly they might get into serious trouble.
All the way back to Bayport, the Hardy boys talked about different parts of the case, and even though they agreed that the strange actions of the three men at the old mill suggested anything but scientific work, they understood that if they dug too deep, they could land in serious trouble.
"We'll just wait a while and keep our ears open," Frank decided. "If those fellows are in the counterfeiting game they'll do something to give themselves away. And then we'll be right on the job."
"We'll just wait for a bit and stay alert," Frank decided. "If those guys are involved in counterfeiting, they'll slip up eventually. And then we'll be ready to act."
When the boys arrived home they amused themselves in the gymnasium in the barn for some time, had an impromptu boxing match and finally, after a shower bath, went down the street. It was a sleepy Saturday afternoon and the city was very quiet.
When the boys got home, they entertained themselves in the gymnasium in the barn for a while, had a spontaneous boxing match, and finally, after taking a shower, headed down the street. It was a lazy Saturday afternoon, and the city was really quiet.
"Nothing much doing around here," remarked Frank. "We should have stayed out in the country."
"There's not much happening here," Frank said. "We should have stayed out in the countryside."
"We could go out in the motorboat for a while."
"We could take the motorboat out for a bit."
"Fine. Let's go."
"Okay. Let's go."
But at that moment they heard the whistle of the afternoon express. Like most boys, they had a weakness for trains. There was a fascination about the great locomotives that held them spellbound and they liked nothing better than to watch the trains that passed through Bayport and to speculate on the towns and cities they had come from or were bound for. At times when school became exceptionally distasteful they had often gone down to the railway station and wished they could board the first train that came by, to travel on to strange countries. Somehow, they had never been so daring as to do this, common sense invariably coming to the rescue, but the lure of locomotives and shining rails still held them in its grasp.
But at that moment, they heard the whistle of the afternoon express. Like most boys, they had a soft spot for trains. There was something captivating about the big locomotives that mesmerized them, and they loved nothing more than watching the trains pass through Bayport and guessing which towns and cities they had come from or where they were headed. Whenever school got particularly unbearable, they often went down to the train station and wished they could hop on the first train that came by to explore distant lands. For some reason, they had never been brave enough to actually do it, as common sense always saved the day, but the allure of trains and shiny tracks still had a hold on them.
They moved down the street toward the station and came out on the platform just as the express was pulling in. Idly, they watched the few passengers who emerged from the coaches, envied the engineer who was lolling majestically in the cab, watched the conductor in his smart uniform, and looked at the people who were boarding the train.
They walked down the street toward the station and arrived on the platform just as the express was arriving. Casually, they observed the few passengers getting off the train, envied the engineer lounging confidently in the cab, watched the conductor in his sharp uniform, and looked at the people who were getting on the train.
Suddenly Frank nudged his brother.
Suddenly, Frank nudged his brother.
"Isn't that Markel?" he asked.
"Is that Markel?" he asked.
Joe followed his glance. Near the steps of one of the Pullman coaches was a familiar figure, with cap pulled down over his eyes. There was no mistaking the fellow; he was indeed Markel, one of the associates of Uncle Dock at the old mill.
Joe followed his gaze. Near the steps of one of the Pullman coaches was a familiar figure, with a cap pulled low over his eyes. There was no mistaking him; it was definitely Markel, one of Uncle Dock's associates at the old mill.
What particularly attracted the boys' attention, however, was the fact that Markel carried a bulky paper package under his arm.
What really caught the boys' attention, though, was the fact that Markel was carrying a big paper package under his arm.
He had not seen them, but there was something so furtive in his manner that the Hardy boys made themselves as inconspicuous as possible in the shadow of one of the pillars near by.
He hadn't seen them, but there was something so secretive about him that the Hardy boys made themselves as hidden as possible in the shadow of one of the nearby pillars.
Markel lounged about near the coach, now and then glancing up anxiously, as though expecting some one.
Markel was lounging near the coach, occasionally looking up anxiously, as if waiting for someone.
Within a few minutes, just as the conductor shouted, "All aboard!" a tall, thin-faced man with a neat black mustache, emerged from the coach. He glanced hastily down at Markel, nodded swiftly, said something in a low tone, and Markel forthwith handed him the package. The tall man snatched it from his grasp, turned and retreated quickly into the coach again.
Within a few minutes, just as the conductor shouted, "All aboard!" a tall, thin-faced man with a neat black mustache stepped out of the coach. He quickly glanced down at Markel, nodded briefly, said something quietly, and Markel immediately handed him the package. The tall man grabbed it from his hands, turned, and hurried back into the coach.
Markel, as soon as this transaction had been completed gave a shrug of his shoulders as though he had been relieved of an unpleasant burden, turned swiftly on his heel and walked away. He disappeared into the station just as the train began to pull out.
Markel, once the transaction was done, shrugged his shoulders like he had just gotten rid of an unpleasant weight, quickly turned on his heel, and walked away. He vanished into the station just as the train started to leave.
The whole affair had occupied but a few seconds and had passed almost unnoticed by any one on the platform save the Hardy boys. Any who may have noticed the handing over of the package doubtless attached little importance to it. The Hardy boys themselves would not have given it more than a passing glance had it not been for Markel's connection with the mystery of the old mill.
The whole thing took only a few seconds and almost went unnoticed by anyone on the platform except the Hardy boys. Anyone who might have seen the package being handed over likely thought it was insignificant. The Hardy boys themselves wouldn’t have paid much attention to it if it weren’t for Markel’s link to the mystery of the old mill.
"What do you make of that, Frank?"
"What do you think about that, Frank?"
"Markel must have passed on a sample of the new breakfast food."
"Markel must have shared a sample of the new breakfast food."
"He seemed mighty secretive about it."
"He seemed really secretive about it."
"I'll say he did. You'd think it was a bomb he was handing over instead of breakfast food. He waited until the train was just pulling out before the other man came for it."
"I'll say he did. You'd think he was passing over a bomb instead of breakfast food. He waited until the train was just pulling out before the other guy came for it."
"No breakfast food about that performance."
"No breakfast food about that performance."
"I don't think so either. Evidently Markel and the gang are in touch with some one in the city. You remember that Lester said Markel came into Bayport every little while with a package under his arm. That must have been one of them."
"I don't think so either. Clearly, Markel and the crew are in contact with someone in the city. Remember how Lester mentioned that Markel used to come into Bayport every so often with a package under his arm? That must have been one of those."
"Well, that's a little more evidence to go on."
"Well, that's a bit more evidence to work with."
"Give them enough rope and they'll hang themselves. I'll just bet dollars to doughnuts that there is counterfeit money in that package instead of breakfast food. This man Markel looks to me like a crook, and his tall friend on the train didn't look any too trustworthy either. My idea is that they are using the mill as a plant where they turn out the money, then they give it to one of their men on the train and he takes it to some other city for distribution."
"Give them enough rope and they'll hang themselves. I bet there's counterfeit money in that package instead of breakfast food. This guy Markel seems like a criminal, and his tall friend on the train doesn't look trustworthy either. I think they're using the mill as a place to produce the money, then they hand it off to one of their guys on the train, and he takes it to another city for distribution."
"That looks like it," Joe agreed. "You could tell that Markel had something on his conscience when he handed that package over. He looked mighty shifty about it."
"That seems right," Joe nodded. "You could see that Markel was feeling guilty when he handed over that package. He looked pretty nervous about it."
The boys walked back down the street, still discussing the events of the day. They spent the rest of the afternoon out in Barmet Bay, in the Sleuth. For the time being, they dismissed the affair of the mill from their minds, being content, as Frank had said, that the counterfeiters, if they were such, would ultimately betray themselves.
The boys walked back down the street, still talking about what happened that day. They spent the rest of the afternoon out in Barmet Bay, on the Sleuth. For now, they pushed the mill incident out of their minds, feeling reassured, as Frank had said, that the counterfeiters, if that was the case, would eventually reveal themselves.
When they returned home that evening for supper they did not tell their father what they had learned. But Fenton Hardy himself brought up the question of counterfeit money when he told them that he had that afternoon received a telegram from Federal authorities asking him to further his investigations.
When they got home that evening for dinner, they didn’t mention to their dad what they had found out. But Fenton Hardy himself brought up the subject of fake money when he told them that he had received a telegram from federal authorities that afternoon, asking him to continue his investigations.
"They have evidence that more than ten thousand dollars in counterfeit money was put into circulation within the past three days," he told the boys. "The affair is going beyond all bounds."
"They have proof that over ten thousand dollars in fake money was circulated in the last three days," he told the guys. "This situation is getting out of control."
"And Paul Blum is still silent?" asked Frank.
"And Paul Blum is still quiet?" asked Frank.
"Can't get a word out of him. I'm inclined to believe he doesn't know anything about the men who are at the head of the organization. I think he was only a tool, employed to get the money in circulation. But I wish you two lads would keep on the lookout for any clues. It will help me a lot if we can run these counterfeiters to earth. Then, besides, there is a big reward."
"Can't get him to say a word. I tend to think he doesn't know anything about the guys running the organization. I believe he was just a pawn, used to get the money flowing. But I hope you two keep an eye out for any clues. It’ll really help me if we can track down these counterfeiters. Plus, there's a big reward."
"We'll do our best," they promised.
"We'll do our best," they promised.
And, secretly, they wondered what Fenton Hardy would think if he knew how much work they had already put on the case and how much evidence they had already gathered, tending to indicate that the old mill on the Willow River was in some way connected with the activities of the counterfeiting gang.
And secretly, they wondered what Fenton Hardy would think if he knew how much work they had already done on the case and how much evidence they had gathered, suggesting that the old mill on the Willow River was somehow linked to the activities of the counterfeiting gang.
"If you can get anything definite in this case," said Fenton Hardy, with a smile, "I'll be ready to admit that you have some abilities as detectives—"
"If you can figure anything out in this case," Fenton Hardy said with a smile, "I'll be ready to admit that you have some skills as detectives—"
"Fenton, don't encourage them," objected Mrs. Hardy.
"Fenton, don't encourage them," Mrs. Hardy said.
"Nonsense, Laura," he replied. "If they want to be detectives and if they have the talent for it, you might as well try to keep water from running downhill as to stop them. They've done good work on two difficult cases already."
"Nonsense, Laura," he said. "If they want to be detectives and have the skills for it, you might as well try to stop water from running downhill as to get in their way. They've done great work on two tough cases already."
"And I have a hunch that we'll do something on this case, too," said Frank, with confidence.
"And I have a feeling we’ll do something about this case, too," said Frank, confidently.
CHAPTER XIX
The Rug Buyer
The Rug Shopper
Two days later an event occurred that brought the activities of the counterfeiters much closer home.
Two days later, something happened that brought the counterfeiters' activities much closer to home.
Frank and Joe returned from school on Monday afternoon to find their mother in a state of great agitation. The moment they entered the house they could tell that something unusual had happened, for Mrs. Hardy was sitting by the living-room table gazing disconsolately at a great heap of bills in her lap.
Frank and Joe came home from school on Monday afternoon to find their mom extremely upset. As soon as they walked in the house, they could tell something strange had occurred because Mrs. Hardy was sitting by the living room table, staring sadly at a huge pile of bills in her lap.
"Where'd you get all the money, mother?" asked Frank, jokingly at first. But his expression became serious when he saw the anxiety and distress in Mrs. Hardy's face. Her fingers were trembling as she picked up the bills and put them on the table.
"Where did you get all this money, mom?" asked Frank, initially joking. But his expression turned serious when he noticed the worry and distress on Mrs. Hardy's face. Her fingers shook as she picked up the cash and placed it on the table.
"What's the matter?" asked Joe quickly. "What's wrong?"
"What's going on?" Joe asked quickly. "What's wrong?"
Mrs. Hardy got up and walked across the room toward the window. She looked out at the street for a while, then turned to her sons.
Mrs. Hardy got up and walked across the room to the window. She looked out at the street for a bit, then turned to her sons.
"You didn't see a foreign rug buyer around the streets this afternoon, did you?" she asked them.
"You didn't see any foreign rug buyers around the streets this afternoon, did you?" she asked them.
The Hardy boys shook their heads.
The Hardy boys shook their heads.
"Just came from school," they told her. "We didn't meet anybody on the way." Suddenly Frank glanced at the floor. "Why, you've sold the rug!" he exclaimed, in surprise.
"Just got back from school," they told her. "We didn't see anyone on the way." Suddenly, Frank looked down at the floor. "Wait, you've sold the rug!" he exclaimed, surprised.
The living-room floor had hitherto been covered by a valuable old Persian rug, as soft as moss. It had been bought by Mr. Hardy when on a trip to the city, but Mrs. Hardy had never cared for it. Fenton Hardy had thought to surprise his wife when he brought the rug home, but in a masculine indifference to color schemes he had neglected to see to it that the rug matched the rest of the room. Its color was not what Mrs. Hardy wanted, and inasmuch as the rug had been purchased at an exclusive sale, they had found it impossible to exchange it at the time.
The living room floor had previously been covered by a valuable old Persian rug, as soft as moss. Mr. Hardy bought it during a trip to the city, but Mrs. Hardy never liked it. Fenton Hardy had hoped to surprise his wife when he brought the rug home, but in typical masculine indifference to color schemes, he hadn’t considered whether the rug matched the rest of the room. Its color wasn’t what Mrs. Hardy wanted, and since the rug was bought at an exclusive sale, they found it impossible to exchange it at the time.
Mrs. Hardy had always said that if she had an opportunity she would get rid of the rug and purchase something different. However, the opportunity was long in coming. Although she had received several offers for it, none of these had been for more than five hundred dollars.
Mrs. Hardy had always said that if she had the chance, she would get rid of the rug and buy something different. However, the opportunity took a long time to arrive. Even though she had received several offers for it, none were for more than five hundred dollars.
"And," as she said, "I refuse to sell a nine hundred dollar rug for that price."
"And," she said, "I won't sell a nine hundred dollar rug for that price."
Now, as the Hardy boys noticed, the rug was gone.
Now, as the Hardy boys observed, the rug was missing.
"How much did you get for it?" asked Joe eagerly.
"How much did you get for it?" Joe asked eagerly.
"I gave it away."
"I gave it away."
"Gave it away?" they exclaimed.
"Give it away?" they exclaimed.
Mrs. Hardy nodded.
Mrs. Hardy nodded.
"Not intentionally. I've been cheated."
"Not on purpose. I've been cheated."
"How?" demanded Frank quickly.
"How?" Frank demanded quickly.
Mrs. Hardy motioned toward the money.
Mrs. Hardy gestured toward the money.
"I've just been to the bank to deposit that money—"
"I just went to the bank to deposit that money—"
"You don't mean to say it's counterfeit?"
"You can't be saying it's fake?"
"So the bank cashier told me."
"So the bank teller told me."
Frank sat down heavily in the nearest chair.
Frank plopped down heavily in the nearest chair.
"Well I'll be gosh-hanged!" he exclaimed. "How did this happen? How much did they sting you for?"
"Well, I'll be damned!" he exclaimed. "How did this happen? How much did they charge you?"
"Eight hundred dollars," answered Mrs. Hardy gravely.
"Eight hundred dollars," Mrs. Hardy replied seriously.
Joe whistled in surprise.
Joe whistled in shock.
"How did it happen?"
"How did that happen?"
"He came here shortly after you boys left for school," began Mrs. Hardy. "It must have been a little before two o'clock."
"He came here right after you guys left for school," Mrs. Hardy said. "It must have been just before two o'clock."
"Who came here?"
"Who showed up?"
"The rug buyer. He was a queer little fellow, very short and dark. He was a foreigner, you could tell by his appearance. He didn't speak very good English. He was dark and swarthy, with little, keen black eyes. He came up to the front door and asked me if I wanted to buy rugs. When I told him that I didn't want to buy he asked if I had any to sell. He said he was a traveling rug merchant and that he went from city to city, buying and selling and trading rugs."
"The rug buyer. He was a strange little guy, really short and dark-skinned. You could tell he was a foreigner just by looking at him. His English wasn't very good. He had a dark complexion and sharp little black eyes. He came up to the front door and asked me if I wanted to buy any rugs. When I told him I wasn't interested, he asked if I had any to sell. He said he was a traveling rug merchant, going from city to city, buying, selling, and trading rugs."
"So you told him about the living-room rug?" suggested Frank.
"So you mentioned the living room rug to him?" Frank suggested.
"I just thought of it then, and I thought it might be a good chance to get rid of it and perhaps get a better rug in its stead. I mentioned that I had a rug that I might sell, but I told him I didn't think he could pay the price."
"I just thought of it then and figured it might be a good opportunity to get rid of it and maybe find a better rug instead. I mentioned that I had a rug I might sell, but I told him I wasn’t sure he could afford the price."
"And he asked to see it anyway?" Frank went on.
"And he asked to see it anyway?" Frank continued.
"When I told him I didn't think he could buy it he merely laughed in a very shrewd sort of way and said that money was no object to him, that he had bought rugs costing as much as two thousand dollars and turned them over at a profit. So I asked him to come into the house and the moment he saw the rug he admired it very much. He asked me how much I wanted for it, so I told him I wanted nine hundred dollars. Of course, I didn't expect to get that much, because that is all the rug cost, but these fellows always haggle over price, so it's best to name a good stiff figure right at the start."
"When I told him I didn’t think he could buy it, he just laughed in a smart way and said that money wasn’t an issue for him, that he’d bought rugs that cost as much as two thousand dollars and sold them for a profit. So I invited him into the house, and the moment he saw the rug, he really liked it. He asked me how much I wanted for it, and I said I wanted nine hundred dollars. Of course, I didn’t expect to get that much since that’s all the rug cost, but these guys always negotiate on price, so it’s best to start with a solid number."
The Hardy boys smiled at this evidence of their mother's shrewdness.
The Hardy boys smiled at this proof of their mom's cleverness.
"He said he wouldn't give me nine hundred dollars but he offered seven hundred dollars. I told him that his price was ridiculous, but asked if he had any rugs he wanted to trade for it. He looked rather dubious when I mentioned a trade, and said that while he carried some medium priced rugs with him he carried nothing that could equal the one I wished to sell."
"He said he wouldn't give me nine hundred dollars, but he offered seven hundred instead. I told him that his offer was ridiculous, but I asked if he had any rugs he wanted to trade. He looked pretty skeptical when I brought up trading and said that even though he had some mid-range rugs with him, he didn't have anything that could match the one I wanted to sell."
"Did he say where he kept these other rugs?" Frank asked.
"Did he say where he stored those other rugs?" Frank asked.
"He said they were at his hotel but that his more valuable rugs were all in the city and that it would take a day or so before he could have them sent here. However, he said that he would buy the rug from me for eight hundred dollars and take a chance on being able to sell me a good rug when he should have them sent down from the city."
"He said they were at his hotel, but that his more valuable rugs were all in the city and it would take a day or so before he could get them sent here. However, he mentioned that he would buy the rug from me for eight hundred dollars and take a chance on being able to sell me a good rug once he got them sent down from the city."
"Fair enough," remarked Joe.
"Fair enough," said Joe.
"It seemed fair enough to me, for of course the rug was worth only about eight hundred dollars, perhaps less, because it has been used for several months. I was under no obligation to buy a new rug from him unless I wished, so I accepted his offer and he paid me the money."
"It seemed reasonable to me, since the rug was probably only worth around eight hundred dollars, maybe even less, because it had been used for several months. I didn’t have to buy a new rug from him unless I wanted to, so I accepted his offer and he handed me the money."
"Eight hundred dollars!"
"$800!"
"In cash. He seemed to carry a great deal of money in a heavy leather wallet. He gave me the money in fifties and fives, and I thought very well of myself for making such a good bargain."
"In cash. He looked like he had a ton of money in a hefty leather wallet. He handed me the cash in fifties and fives, and I felt really proud of myself for making such a good deal."
"Until you came to bank the money," Frank said.
"Until you came to deposit the money," Frank said.
"Until I came to bank the money. The cashier glanced at the bills, then told me he was sorry, but that he couldn't accept them. For a moment I didn't understand him, because I had forgotten all about this scare about counterfeit money and hadn't given the matter a thought. Then he told me that the bills were counterfeit. So there was nothing left for me to do but come back home, realizing that I had been very neatly tricked."
"Until I went to deposit the money. The cashier looked at the bills and then told me he was sorry, but he couldn’t accept them. For a moment, I didn’t get what he meant because I had completely forgotten about the scare over counterfeit money and hadn’t thought about it at all. Then he told me that the bills were fake. So all I could do was head back home, realizing that I had been completely duped."
"But perhaps you haven't been tricked after all," suggested Frank. "It may be possible that the rug buyer didn't realize the money was bad. Did he say what hotel he was staying at?"
"But maybe you weren't fooled after all," suggested Frank. "It's possible the rug buyer didn't know the money was counterfeit. Did he mention what hotel he was staying at?"
"Yes, he told me, but I called up the police and asked them to find him for me. They investigated and found that there had been no rug buyer staying at that hotel all week, nor at any other hotel in Bayport, so far as they could find."
"Yeah, he told me, but I called the police and asked them to track him down for me. They looked into it and found that there hadn’t been any rug buyer staying at that hotel all week, or at any other hotel in Bayport, as far as they could tell."
"That doesn't look so good."
"That doesn't look good."
"What's more, they made inquiries at the station and found that a man answering to his description had taken the early afternoon train out. He took the rug with him—not only my rug, but a rug that he had bought from another woman in Bayport."
"What's more, they checked at the station and discovered that a man matching his description had caught the early afternoon train out. He took the rug with him—not just my rug, but also a rug he had bought from another woman in Bayport."
"He'll probably sell them in some other town."
"He'll probably sell them in another town."
"Just what he did. They found that he had bought a ticket to the next city but when they got in touch with the police there they found that he had sold the two rugs to a wholesale firm and disappeared. He sold my rug for five hundred dollars, and the other one for three hundred dollars."
"Just what he did. They discovered that he had purchased a ticket to the next city, but when they contacted the police there, they found out that he had sold the two rugs to a wholesale company and vanished. He sold my rug for five hundred dollars and the other one for three hundred dollars."
"Did he give the other woman counterfeit money, too?"
"Did he give the other woman fake money, too?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"He cleaned up on that afternoon's work," remarked Frank. "He didn't lose any time in getting away, either."
"He wrapped up his work that afternoon," Frank said. "He also didn't waste any time leaving."
"If I had only gone to the bank early it might have been different," said Mrs. Hardy. "As it was, I got there only a few minutes before three o'clock, and by the time I got in touch with the police and by the time they had tried to trace the man here and later found where he had gone—you know how slow they are—it was too late."
"If I had just gone to the bank earlier, it might have turned out differently," said Mrs. Hardy. "As it was, I arrived only a few minutes before three o'clock, and by the time I contacted the police and they tried to track the guy down and later figured out where he had gone—you know how slow they can be—it was too late."
"I guess there's no chance of seeing him back in two days with the rug he wanted to sell you," observed Frank. "Either he is in league with the counterfeiters or else he was stung himself for a lot of counterfeit money and decided to get rid of it as smoothly as possible."
"I guess there's no way he'll be back in two days with the rug he wanted to sell you," Frank said. "Either he's working with the counterfeiters, or he got ripped off with a lot of fake money and decided to get rid of it as easily as he could."
Mrs. Hardy was downcast.
Mrs. Hardy was upset.
"I should have been on my guard," she said. "There has been so much of this bad money going around that I should have been on watch for it, especially with a big sum like eight hundred dollars. It's my own fault, I suppose, but it's hard to lose that much money." She glanced at the heap of bills on the table. "It's not worth the paper it's printed on."
"I should have been more careful," she said. "There’s been so much counterfeit money circulating that I should have been on the lookout for it, especially with a large amount like eight hundred dollars. I guess it's my own fault, but it’s tough to lose that much money." She looked at the pile of bills on the table. "It’s not worth the paper it’s printed on."
Frank picked up one of the bills and examined it.
Frank picked up one of the bills and looked it over.
"Looks just like the five that the fellow passed on to Joe and me at the station," he commented, testing the quality of the paper. "It comes from the same source, I'll bet."
"Looks just like the five that guy gave to Joe and me at the station," he said, checking the quality of the paper. "I bet it comes from the same source."
"Eight hundred dollars!" Joe exclaimed. "That's the biggest haul yet. I'd like to have that rug merchant by the back of the neck right this minute. I'd shake the eight hundred out of him in a hurry."
"Eight hundred bucks!" Joe exclaimed. "That's the biggest score yet. I’d like to grab that rug merchant by the back of the neck right now. I’d shake the eight hundred out of him fast."
"I guess there's not much chance of catching him now. He has sold the rugs and made his getaway."
"I guess there's not much chance of catching him now. He sold the rugs and made his escape."
Mrs. Hardy was silent. She felt the loss of the valuable rug very keenly, and still more keenly did she feel the ignominy of having been imposed upon after all the warnings that had been circulated regarding counterfeit money. But the rug merchant had been so plausible, and as she was an unsuspecting woman by nature, she had never for a moment considered the possibility of trickery.
Mrs. Hardy was quiet. She felt the loss of the valuable rug very deeply, and even more so, she felt the shame of having been deceived despite all the warnings that had been shared about counterfeit money. But the rug merchant had been so convincing, and since she was naturally trusting, she never once considered the possibility of being tricked.
"We'll go down and have a chat with the police," said Frank, getting up. "Although I'm afraid it won't do any good."
"We'll go talk to the police," Frank said as he stood up. "But I’m afraid it won’t help."
"Chief Collig will tell us that he is busy following up clues," remarked Joe, with a laugh. "And that's as far as he'll ever get."
"Chief Collig will say he's busy tracking down leads," Joe remarked with a laugh. "And that's as far as he'll ever get."
This proved to be the case. When the boys reached the police station they found Chief Collig and Detective Smuff in the midst of a game of pinochle and averse to being disturbed.
This turned out to be true. When the boys got to the police station, they found Chief Collig and Detective Smuff in the middle of a game of pinochle and not wanting to be interrupted.
When they inquired if there had been any further information regarding the rug merchant, Chief Collig shook his head.
When they asked if there was any new information about the rug merchant, Chief Collig shook his head.
"We're following up some clues," he said gravely; "but there hasn't been any more trace of him."
"We're checking out some leads," he said seriously; "but we haven't found any sign of him."
"Not a trace," corroborated Detective Smuff, with a portentous frown.
"Not a trace," confirmed Detective Smuff, with a serious frown.
"Do you think he'll be arrested?" asked Frank.
"Do you think he's going to get arrested?" Frank asked.
Chief Collig looked up.
Chief Collig looked up.
"Of course he'll be arrested," he declared. "Didn't I say we're followin' up clues? We'll have the fellow behind the bars all right."
"Of course he'll be arrested," he said. "Didn't I mention we're following up on clues? We'll definitely have the guy behind bars."
"I'm workin' on the case myself," said Detective Smuff, examining his cards wearily.
"I'm working on the case myself," said Detective Smuff, looking at his cards tiredly.
"Rely on us," advised the chief. "Your play, Smuff."
"Count on us," suggested the chief. "Your move, Smuff."
The boys retired. Somehow, they got the impression that the Bayport police department was not exerting a great deal of effort to try to capture the fraudulent rug buyer.
The boys went home. Somehow, they felt that the Bayport police department wasn't really trying hard to catch the scammer who was buying fake rugs.
CHAPTER XX
A Note of Warning
A Warning Note
Three days later, Fenton Hardy, who had been away from home on business, received a note.
Three days later, Fenton Hardy, who had been out of town for work, got a note.
No one saw the man who left it at the door. The Hardy boys were at school and Mrs. Hardy was busy in the kitchen. She heard the front doorbell ring and went to answer it.
No one saw the guy who dropped it off at the door. The Hardy boys were at school and Mrs. Hardy was occupied in the kitchen. She heard the front doorbell ring and went to check who it was.
But when she opened the door there was no one in sight.
But when she opened the door, no one was in sight.
She looked out and saw a man walking briskly down the opposite side of the street. A woman with a baby-carriage was strolling past the house, and farther down the street two men were standing talking on the corner.
She looked out and saw a man walking quickly down the other side of the street. A woman with a stroller was walking by the house, and further down the street, two men were standing and talking on the corner.
Somewhat surprised, and imagining that her ears must have deceived her, she was about to close the door when she became aware of a white object that had fluttered to her feet.
Somewhat surprised and thinking her ears might be playing tricks on her, she was about to close the door when she noticed a white object that had fluttered down to her feet.
It was a cheap envelope, sealed, and with the name of Fenton Hardy written on it in pencil.
It was a cheap envelope, sealed shut, with Fenton Hardy's name written on it in pencil.
Mrs. Hardy picked it up, examined it curiously, then brought it into the house and placed it on the table in her husband's study. It was not an unusual occurrence to have letters left at the door in this manner, as occasionally anonymous letters were left for the detective, giving him hints or advice concerning cases on which he was engaged. To most of these he paid no attention, although sometimes valuable information was brought to his notice in this manner.
Mrs. Hardy picked it up, looked it over with curiosity, then brought it inside and set it on the table in her husband's study. It wasn't uncommon to find letters left at the door like this, as sometimes anonymous letters were dropped off for the detective, offering hints or advice about cases he was working on. He mostly ignored these, although occasionally useful information was brought to his attention this way.
This, Mrs. Hardy judged, was another such communication, which was why the person who delivered it had been careful to hurry away after ringing the bell.
This, Mrs. Hardy thought, was just another one of those messages, which is why the person who delivered it hurried off right after ringing the bell.
Mr. Hardy did not return home until late that afternoon. He had been over to Barmet village where the Federal authorities were closely watching two men thought to be in league with the counterfeiters. Mr. Hardy had followed one man to a near-by city and seen the fellow pass a small package to a woman in black, who had quickly disappeared in a crowd. But the noted detective knew the woman and knew where she could be located when wanted.
Mr. Hardy didn’t get home until late that afternoon. He had been in Barmet village where the Federal authorities were keeping a close eye on two men suspected of being involved with the counterfeiters. Mr. Hardy had followed one man to a nearby city and watched him hand a small package to a woman in black, who quickly blended into the crowd. But the well-known detective recognized the woman and knew how to track her down when needed.
The boys had arrived back from school, had left their books at the house, and had set out with Chet Morton for a cruise in the motorboat. When Mr. Hardy came back he glanced over his mail and was settling down to read the evening paper when his wife remembered the note that had been left at the door that afternoon.
The boys had returned from school, dropped their books at home, and headed out with Chet Morton for a ride in the motorboat. When Mr. Hardy got back, he looked through his mail and was starting to read the evening paper when his wife remembered the note that had been left at the door that afternoon.
"Some one left a letter for you this afternoon," she said. "I heard the doorbell ring, but when I went to answer it there was no one at the door. I picked up a letter, though, and I put it on your study table."
"Someone left a letter for you this afternoon," she said. "I heard the doorbell ring, but when I went to answer it, there was no one there. I did pick up a letter, though, and I put it on your study table."
Fenton Hardy went into the study and picked up the letter, slitting open the envelope. Within, was a thin sheet of cheap paper on which had been written a few lines in pencil.
Fenton Hardy walked into the study and grabbed the letter, cutting open the envelope. Inside, there was a thin sheet of cheap paper with a few lines written in pencil.
He read the message with a slow smile, then handed the paper over to his wife.
He read the message with a slow smile and then passed the paper to his wife.
"Some one trying to scare me," he said.
"Someone's trying to scare me," he said.
She picked up the note. In a crude, ill-formed hand, she read the following:
She picked up the note. In a rough, poorly written hand, she read the following:
"Better give up this counterfeit case or we'll take the shirt off your back. We know this game too well. Let this be a warning to you. Poor Blum is a rank outsider. Better let him go."
"You better ditch this fake case or we're going to take everything you've got. We know how this works too well. Consider this a warning. Poor Blum is a complete outsider. You should just let him go."
Mrs. Hardy looked up anxiously.
Mrs. Hardy looked up nervously.
"What are you going to do about this note?" she asked.
"What are you going to do about this note?" she asked.
The detective shrugged.
The detective shrugged.
"Ignore it, of course."
"Just ignore it."
"But they may harm you."
"But they might hurt you."
"They may try. They won't be the first ones who have tried to frighten me away from a case."
"They might try. They won't be the first ones to attempt to scare me off a case."
"But they must be right in Bayport, to deliver a note like this."
"But they have to be correct in Bayport to send a note like this."
"I've suspected all along that their headquarters were here. Don't worry, Laura. I'm not afraid of them."
"I've suspected all along that their headquarters are here. Don’t worry, Laura. I'm not scared of them."
"But I do worry. They're desperate men. They'll stop at nothing."
"But I do worry. They're desperate people. They'll do anything."
Fenton Hardy laughed.
Fenton Hardy chuckled.
"It isn't the first time I've been threatened. It's only a bluff. I'll stay right on the case—although so far I haven't been able to make much progress on it.
"It isn't the first time I've been threatened. It's just a bluff. I'll keep working on the case—although so far I haven't made much progress with it."
"But this matter of the note is adding insult to injury, don't you think? First of all they send one of their men around here to fool us to the extent of eight hundred dollars with their counterfeit money, and now they try to frighten me away from handling the case any further."
"But this whole note situation is just piling on the problems, don’t you think? First, they send one of their guys to trick us out of eight hundred dollars with their fake money, and now they’re trying to scare me off from dealing with it any further."
Fenton Hardy looked at the note again, then replaced it carefully in the envelope.
Fenton Hardy glanced at the note again, then carefully put it back in the envelope.
"You didn't see any one on the street after the doorbell rang?" he asked.
"You didn't see anyone on the street after the doorbell rang?" he asked.
"Oh, there were three or four people walking by, but I didn't notice any of them particularly. They all seemed quite average people. None of them looked at all suspicious."
"Oh, there were three or four people walking by, but I didn't really pay attention to any of them. They all seemed pretty ordinary. None of them looked suspicious at all."
"The chap that delivered the note was probably hiding around the corner of the house until you went inside again. That's their usual scheme. It wouldn't have done much good if you had seen him. Probably some chap they picked up on the street and bribed to slip the note into the door."
"The guy who dropped off the note was probably hiding around the corner of the house until you went inside again. That's their usual plan. It wouldn't have helped much if you had seen him. Probably just some guy they found on the street and paid to slip the note in the door."
"I don't like it!"
"I don't like it!"
At that moment Frank and Joe came into the house, flushed from their outing on the bay. They were laughing at the recollection of some remarkable acrobatic feats that Chet Morton had attempted on the bow of the motorboat, the result of which had been the sudden immersion of Chet in the chilly waters of the bay. He had just left them, his clothes dripping wet, heading for home on his motorcycle, vowing that he could have stood on his hands on the bow of the boat if only Frank hadn't steered to the left when he should have steered to the right.
At that moment, Frank and Joe walked into the house, their faces flushed from their trip on the bay. They were laughing about some incredible stunts that Chet Morton had tried on the front of the motorboat, which ended with him suddenly plunging into the cold waters of the bay. He had just left them, his clothes soaking wet, heading home on his motorcycle, insisting that he could have balanced on his hands on the bow of the boat if only Frank had turned to the left when he should have turned to the right.
"However," he had said cheerfully, "I missed my bath last Saturday night, anyway, so this will make up for it."
"Anyway," he said cheerfully, "I skipped my bath last Saturday night, so this will make up for it."
The Hardy boys recounted their adventures and after Fenton Hardy had chuckled over the plight of Chet he tossed over the mysterious letter to them.
The Hardy boys shared their adventures, and after Fenton Hardy laughed at Chet's situation, he handed them the mysterious letter.
"What do you think of that?" he asked of the boys.
"What do you think about that?" he asked the boys.
Frank and Joe read the scrawled warning with interest.
Frank and Joe read the messy warning with curiosity.
"Trying to frighten you away from the case, are they?" said Frank, as he gave back the note.
"Are they trying to scare you off the case?" Frank said, handing back the note.
"Looks like it."
"Seems like it."
"You won't pay any attention to it, of course?"
"You won't pay any attention to it, right?"
"Not a bit. Although your mother seems to think I'll be carried home on a stretcher any day."
"Not at all. Even though your mom seems to believe I'll be taken home on a stretcher any day now."
"When did the note come?" Joe inquired with deep interest.
"When did the note arrive?" Joe asked eagerly.
Mrs. Hardy told them how the strange letter had been delivered, and when they learned that it had been left at the door instead of being sent through the post-office both boys became immediately excited. They did not, however, air their suspicions at the time and it was not until they were alone after supper that they discussed the topic between them.
Mrs. Hardy explained how the weird letter had been delivered, and when the boys found out that it had been left at the door instead of being mailed, they both got really excited. However, they didn’t share their suspicions right away, and it wasn’t until they were alone after dinner that they talked about it together.
"That settles it!" declared Frank with finality. "The counterfeiters must be right here in Bayport."
"That settles it!" Frank said decisively. "The counterfeiters have to be right here in Bayport."
"Or near by."
"Or nearby."
"That's what I mean. If they were out of town, the letter would have been sent by mail."
"That's what I mean. If they were out of town, the letter would have been sent in the mail."
"It's getting to be a little too much. As dad said, it was adding insult to injury—tricking mother to the extent of eight hundred dollars and now sending an impudent note like that. It's up to us to use what we know."
"It's becoming a bit overwhelming. As Dad said, it was just adding insult to injury—tricking Mom out of eight hundred dollars and then sending a disrespectful note like that. It's on us to use what we know."
"You mean to see if we can find out anything more about the mill?"
"You want to see if we can find out more about the mill?"
"I mean to find out everything there is to be found out about it."
"I intend to discover everything there is to know about it."
"I'm with you. When do we start?"
"I'm with you. When do we begin?"
"When should we?"
"When should we meet?"
"To-night."
"Tonight."
"So soon?"
"Already?"
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"It's all right with me."
"I'm okay with that."
"If we're going to go back there at all we may as well get it over with as soon as we can," said Frank. "I've been thinking over a way to get away with it and I think we should be able to get inside that place and investigate it without much trouble."
"If we're going to go back there anyway, we might as well get it over with as soon as we can," said Frank. "I've been thinking of a way to handle it, and I believe we should be able to get inside that place and check it out without too much hassle."
"How?"
"How?"
"Do you remember how Carl Stummer remarked that you looked something like Lester?"
"Do you remember when Carl Stummer said you looked a bit like Lester?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"And there is a bit of a resemblance, too. You are of about the same build, and you both have fair, curly hair. I think you should be able to impersonate him if we went around there at night. At a distance, and at night time, they might mistake you for him, even if we were discovered."
"And there's a bit of a resemblance, too. You're about the same build, and you both have light, curly hair. I think you could impersonate him if we went over there at night. From a distance, in the dark, they might mistake you for him, even if we got caught."
"I never thought of that," Joe admitted. "It isn't a bad idea. I'm willing to try it."
"I never thought of that," Joe admitted. "It's not a bad idea. I'm open to giving it a shot."
"It will be risky, of course. But I'm practically convinced that the old mill is where this counterfeit money is coming from. The only way we'll ever find out is to go there ourselves. If we told the town police what we suspected they would only laugh at us and probably they'd be so clumsy about taking any action that the counterfeiters would get wind of it. The only way is to keep it to ourselves and go out there quietly and see what we can find."
"It will be risky, of course. But I'm almost certain that the old mill is where this counterfeit money is coming from. The only way we'll ever find out is to go there ourselves. If we told the town police what we suspect, they would just laugh at us and likely be so awkward about taking any action that the counterfeiters would catch wind of it. The only option is to keep it to ourselves and head out there quietly to see what we can find."
"How can we get out to-night? Mother won't let us go. She'll be afraid we'll get hurt."
"How can we go out tonight? Mom won't let us. She'll be worried we'll get hurt."
"I hate to do anything underhand, but it's our only chance. We'll go out for a motorcycle trip this evening, and as soon as it gets dark we'll head for the mill. We should reach there about ten o'clock. We'll park the bikes a good distance away from the mill, so they won't hear us coming, and then we'll walk the rest of the way."
"I really don’t like doing anything sneaky, but it’s our only shot. We’ll go for a motorcycle ride this evening, and once it gets dark, we’ll head to the mill. We should arrive around ten o'clock. We’ll park the bikes a good distance from the mill, so they won’t hear us coming, and then we’ll walk the rest of the way."
"If we get the goods on the counterfeiters we'll be heroes. If we don't we'll catch a lecture for staying out late."
"If we catch the counterfeiters, we’ll be heroes. If we don’t, we’ll get a lecture for staying out late."
"We'll just have to take our chance on that. But I think that if everything goes well we won't get any lecture."
"We'll just have to take our chances on that. But I think if everything goes well, we won't get a lecture."
"How'll we get into the mill?" asked Joe.
"How are we going to get into the mill?" asked Joe.
"We'll have to wait until we get there before we lay our plans. I've sort of forgotten the layout of the place. But if we work it right I think we should be able to get inside. I'd like to get into that mysterious stone room that Lester mentioned, and see what sort of machinery they have in there. I'll bet it's an engraving plant and a printing press instead of a patent breakfast food machine."
"We'll have to wait until we get there to make our plans. I’ve kind of forgotten the layout of the place. But if we do it right, I think we should be able to get inside. I want to check out that mysterious stone room Lester mentioned and see what kind of equipment they have in there. I bet it's an engraving studio and a printing press instead of a patent breakfast food machine."
"What if we're caught—"
"What if we get caught—"
"That's a chance we're taking. We've got to risk it. What if we find that the place is really the headquarters of this counterfeit gang? Look at it that way."
"That's a risk we're taking. We've got to go for it. What if we discover that this place is actually the headquarters of the counterfeit gang? Think about it like that."
So for the rest of the evening the boys were conspicuously studious. They were occupied with their books until twilight fell, after which Frank yawned and murmured that he would like a breath of fresh air.
So for the rest of the evening, the boys were noticeably focused on their studies. They were busy with their books until sunset, after which Frank yawned and said he’d like some fresh air.
"Think I'll go out for a little spin on the motorcycle," he said casually.
"Think I'll take the motorcycle for a little ride," he said casually.
"I'll go with you," observed Joe promptly.
"I'll go with you," Joe said quickly.
Fenton Hardy looked up.
Fenton Hardy glanced up.
"Yes, you've been in the house all evening. Go ahead."
"Yes, you've been in the house all night. Go for it."
"Don't be long," advised Mrs. Hardy.
"Don't take too long," Mrs. Hardy advised.
"We won't be any longer than we can help," said Frank mysteriously.
"We won't stay any longer than we have to," Frank said mysteriously.
With that, the Hardy boys left the house and went out to the garage for their motorcycles.
With that, the Hardy boys left the house and headed to the garage for their motorcycles.
They drove around the streets of Bayport for some time until at last it grew darker. Then they headed their machines out toward the shore road. The moon was just rising over the bay when they left the city, and they drove at good speed into the country.
They drove through the streets of Bayport for a while until it finally got darker. Then they took their vehicles toward the shore road. The moon was just rising over the bay when they left the city, and they drove quickly into the countryside.
"Now to tackle the old mill!" exclaimed Frank.
"Let's take on the old mill!" Frank exclaimed.
CHAPTER XXI
At the Mill
At the Mill
The two boys made good time out into the country and when at last they reached the abandoned road that led down to Willow River it was not quite ten o'clock. As they rode they discussed their plan of action and it was agreed that they should leave the motorcyles beside the road at the same place they had left them on the occasion of their previous visit to the mill.
The two boys made good progress into the countryside, and when they finally got to the old road that led down to Willow River, it was just before ten o'clock. As they rode, they talked about their plan and decided they would leave the motorcycles by the road in the same spot they had left them during their last visit to the mill.
"I'd like to have them closer to the river," said Frank, "for we might have to clear out of there in a hurry. But we can't afford to let them hear us coming."
"I'd like to have them closer to the river," Frank said, "because we might need to get out of there quickly. But we can't let them hear us coming."
"And it's a calm night. They could hear a motorcycle for half a mile," opined his brother.
"And it's a quiet night. They could hear a motorcycle half a mile away," said his brother.
They left the machines in the shade of some trees by the roadside and went the rest of the way on foot. They could see quite clearly, for the moon had risen higher and the grey ribbon of road extended before them.
They left the machines in the shade of some trees by the road and walked the rest of the way. They could see clearly, as the moon had risen higher and the gray ribbon of road stretched out in front of them.
"I wish it had been a bit darker," Joe said. "We'll have to be careful when we get near the place."
"I wish it had been a little darker," Joe said. "We’ll need to be careful when we get close to the place."
"They may have some one posted on guard. Oh, well, we can look the place over when we get there."
"They might have someone on guard. Oh, well, we can check the place out when we arrive."
At last they emerged on the hilltop that overlooked Willow River.
At last, they reached the hilltop that overlooked Willow River.
Below them lay the stream, with water shining in the moonlight. The deep banks of willow trees along the borders cast heavy shadows, and a light mist overhung the fields and hedges in the distance.
Below them lay the stream, with water shimmering in the moonlight. The thick banks of willow trees lining the edges cast dark shadows, and a light mist hovered over the fields and hedges in the distance.
Gloomy and mysterious, the heavy bulk of the old mill rose from beside the river, near the shimmering silver streak of the mill race. Not a light shone from the building and it appeared absolutely deserted.
Gloomy and mysterious, the massive structure of the old mill loomed by the river, next to the sparkling silver line of the mill race. Not a single light shone from the building, and it seemed completely abandoned.
"Perhaps they've all moved away," suggested Joe.
"Maybe they've all moved away," Joe suggested.
"I noticed that the buildings were all boarded up when we were here last time. They haven't moved away, never fear."
"I saw that all the buildings were boarded up when we were here last time. They haven't moved away, so don't worry."
Cautiously, the boys went down the slope.
Cautiously, the boys made their way down the slope.
They left the road and kept to the shadows of the trees, skirting the open space of meadow that lay between the grove and the mill itself. They did not speak, for the night was so calm and clear that sound carried for a considerable distance. They could hear the dull roar of the rapids and the waterfall, sounding hollow and lonely in the moonlit night.
They stepped off the road and stayed in the shadows of the trees, avoiding the open meadow that stretched between the grove and the mill. They didn’t talk, as the night was so calm and clear that sounds carried quite a distance. They could hear the dull roar of the rapids and the waterfall, sounding empty and solitary in the moonlit night.
They came to the edge of the grove and moved slowly about in the deep shadows, the grass sinking beneath their feet. When they had reached a point about two hundred feet from the mill they paused to reconnoitre.
They arrived at the edge of the grove and quietly moved around in the deep shadows, the grass giving way under their feet. When they got to a spot about two hundred feet from the mill, they stopped to take a look around.
"We've got to cross that open space," whispered Frank.
"We need to cross that open area," whispered Frank.
"And what then?"
"And then what?"
"See that willow tree beside the mill?"
"Do you see that willow tree next to the mill?"
Joe nodded.
Joe agreed.
"It reaches right to the roof. It looks to be our best bet. If we can climb that tree and drop to the roof or get in a window we'll be all right."
"It goes all the way up to the roof. It seems to be our best option. If we can climb that tree and either drop onto the roof or get in through a window, we'll be fine."
"As long as we can get up the tree without being heard."
"As long as we can climb the tree without making any noise."
"We have to take our chances on that," Frank said, in a low voice. "I think it's going to be harder to cross that open space."
"We have to take our chances on that," Frank said quietly. "I think it’s going to be tougher to cross that open space."
For two hundred feet the grassy sward was bathed in moonlight. They could not walk across it without being in full view of any one who might be watching from the mill. But it had to be crossed as the mill itself was isolated on the bank of the river and on this side there was no protecting shade to enable them to creep up closer.
For two hundred feet, the grass was illuminated by moonlight. They couldn’t cross it without being completely visible to anyone watching from the mill. But they had to cross, since the mill was by itself on the riverbank, and on this side, there was no cover to help them get closer unnoticed.
"We'll have to crawl across the grass," Frank whispered. "Ready?"
"We'll have to crawl across the grass," Frank whispered. "Are you ready?"
"I'm ready."
"I'm all set."
"Go easy and quiet. If you hear a sound, don't move."
"Take it slow and stay quiet. If you hear anything, don't move."
They dropped to their hands and knees, then left the shadow of the wood. They began to crawl slowly toward the willow tree at the rear of the mill.
They got down on their hands and knees and then moved out of the shadow of the woods. They started to crawl slowly toward the willow tree at the back of the mill.
Inch by inch they made their way forward.
Inch by inch, they moved ahead.
The moon was high in the sky and seemed like a giant searchlight. It seemed impossible that they could cross that open space without being discovered. Every blade of grass seemed clearly revealed by the moonlight.
The moon was high in the sky and looked like a giant spotlight. It felt impossible for them to cross that open space without being seen. Every blade of grass was clearly illuminated by the moonlight.
When they were about half way toward the mill they heard a sound in the distance.
When they were about halfway to the mill, they heard a noise in the distance.
It was the banging of a heavy door.
It was the sound of a heavy door slamming.
There was a warning whisper from Frank. They lay motionless in the thick grass.
There was a quiet warning from Frank. They stayed perfectly still in the tall grass.
For a moment a deep silence prevailed. Then, from the mill, they heard a surly voice:
For a moment, there was complete silence. Then, from the mill, they heard a grumpy voice:
"I saw some one out on the hillside."
"I saw someone out on the hillside."
They were startled. But still they did not move. Their only hope of safety lay in silence and in remaining motionless.
They were shocked. But they still didn’t move. Their only chance of safety was in being quiet and staying still.
"You're crazy, Markel," replied some one. "There's no one out there."
"You're crazy, Markel," someone replied. "There's no one out there."
"I tell you I saw some one crawling down through the grass. I'm sure of it. I saw him from that upper window."
"I’m telling you, I saw someone crawling through the grass. I know I did. I saw him from that upper window."
"Whereabouts?"
"Where are you?"
"Out there—see? Can't you see something dark up there?"
"Out there—do you see it? Can't you see something dark up there?"
There was silence for a moment or so. Then the second man laughed.
There was a moment of silence. Then the second man laughed.
"It's only a log."
"It's just a log."
"I tell you, it isn't a log. A log doesn't move."
"I’m telling you, it’s not a log. A log doesn’t move."
"That isn't moving."
"That's not moving."
"It was."
"It was."
"Well, if you're so sure of it, why don't you go on up and see? You're getting so nervous lately that you think people are hanging around here all the time."
"Well, if you're so sure about it, why don't you just go up and check? You've been acting so nervous lately that you think people are always hanging around here."
"I've got a right to be nervous. We're not safe here, I tell you. We should have moved out of here a week ago."
"I have a reason to be anxious. We're not safe here, I swear. We should have left this place a week ago."
"We'll never find a place as safe as this."
"We'll never find a place this safe."
"Is that so? Ever since those two boys came snooping around here and asking Lester questions I've been suspicious. They've got their eye on this place, let me tell you. They were down at the railway station the day I slipped the package to Burgess, and I'm mighty sure they saw me."
"Really? Ever since those two boys started poking around here and asking Lester questions, I've been on edge. They've definitely got their eye on this place, believe me. They were at the train station the day I handed the package to Burgess, and I'm pretty sure they saw me."
"Just a couple of kids. You're too nervous."
"Just a couple of kids. You're overthinking it."
"Well, I'm going up on the hill and take a look at that log, as you call it."
"Well, I'm going up the hill to check out that log, as you call it."
As it happened, there was a log lying in the grass close by Frank. But he realized that if Markel came up to investigate he would have no chance to evade discovery. They could not get up and run away—at least not until capture seemed inevitable. Frank's heart sank. They had been discovered before they had a chance even to reach the mill.
As it turned out, there was a log lying in the grass nearby Frank. But he knew that if Markel came over to check it out, he wouldn't be able to avoid being found. They couldn't just get up and run away—not until it seemed like capture was unavoidable. Frank's heart sank. They had been found out before they even had a chance to reach the mill.
At that moment relief came from a most unexpected quarter.
At that moment, help came from the most surprising source.
A dark cloud that had been creeping across the sky began to obscure the moon, and gradually the vivid illumination that bathed the hillside gave way to gloom and darkness. The cloud hid the moon completely.
A dark cloud that had been moving across the sky started to block the moon, and slowly the bright light that lit up the hillside faded into shadow and darkness. The cloud completely concealed the moon.
"Now's our chance!" whispered Frank, to his brother. "Head toward the willow tree."
"Now's our chance!" Frank whispered to his brother. "Let's head toward the willow tree."
He scrambled to his feet and together the boys raced down the slope toward the willow tree back of the mill. Their feet made no sound in the deep grass. They were taking a desperate chance, they knew, for, in spite of the cloud that had fallen across the moon, Markel might be able to see them.
He jumped to his feet and the boys ran down the hill toward the willow tree behind the mill. Their feet made no noise in the thick grass. They were taking a huge risk, they knew, because, despite the cloud covering the moon, Markel might be able to spot them.
But Markel had just emerged from the mill and his eyes were not yet accustomed to the gloom. As the boys reached the shelter of the willow tree, the moon emerged from behind the cloud and slowly the hillside was again bathed in radiance.
But Markel had just come out of the mill, and his eyes weren't used to the darkness yet. As the boys got to the shelter of the willow tree, the moon came out from behind the cloud, and slowly the hillside was once again lit up.
Panting, the boys halted beneath the tree and looked back.
Panting, the boys stopped under the tree and looked back.
They could see the dark figure of Markel as he cut across the slope in a diagonal direction and they watched as he drew near the place where they had been lying.
They could see the dark shape of Markel as he crossed the slope at an angle, and they watched as he got closer to the spot where they had been lying.
They saw him stop, kick at something in the grass, then they heard him mutter as he turned away.
They saw him stop, kick something in the grass, then they heard him mumble as he turned away.
"Well, what was it?" called the other man from the doorway of the mill.
"Well, what was it?" called the other guy from the doorway of the mill.
"It was a log all right," admitted Markel in a disgruntled tone. "But I could have sworn I saw it move a while ago."
"It was definitely a log," Markel admitted with frustration. "But I could have sworn I saw it move a little while ago."
"Better get your eyes tested."
"Better get your eyes checked."
To this pleasantry Markel made no reply, but trudged on down the slope until he again reached the mill. The boys pressed close to the willow tree.
To this friendly remark, Markel didn't respond but walked down the slope until he got back to the mill. The boys gathered close to the willow tree.
"You may think I'm being too careful," they heard Markel saying. "But we've got good reason to be careful. You know what'll happen to the whole crowd of us if we're caught."
"You might think I'm being overly cautious," they heard Markel say. "But we have a solid reason to be careful. You know what will happen to all of us if we're caught."
"Sure. About twenty years in the pen. But we're not going to be caught I tell you."
"Sure. About twenty years in prison. But we're not getting caught, I promise you."
"Don't be too sure. We can't afford to take chances, anyway. I'd rather keep my eyes open and get fooled by a few logs on the hillside than feel too safe and spend the rest of my life behind the bars."
"Don't be too sure. We can't take any chances, anyway. I'd rather stay alert and be fooled by some logs on the hillside than feel too safe and end up spending the rest of my life in prison."
"I guess you're right. Anyway, everything is all right to-night."
"I guess you’re right. Anyway, everything is fine tonight."
"I'm going to take a trip around the mill, anyhow."
"I'm going to take a trip around the mill, anyway."
"Your nerves must be jumpy."
"You're probably feeling anxious."
"They are," snapped Markel. "My nerves are always jumpy when I think I see something moving down toward here from the woods—and I don't care whether that was a log or not, I saw something move."
"They are," Markel said sharply. "I always get on edge when I think I see something moving down from the woods—and I don't care if it was a log or not, I saw something move."
"Oh, probably a sheep or a cow that strayed from one of the farms. Or even a dog."
"Oh, it’s probably just a sheep or a cow that wandered off from one of the farms. Or maybe even a dog."
"Yes, it might have been a dog," Markel admitted.
"Yeah, it could have been a dog," Markel admitted.
"We'd better get to work. Dock is waiting for us."
"We should get to work. Dock is waiting for us."
"I'm going to walk around the mill once, anyway."
"I'm going to take a stroll around the mill once, anyway."
"Go ahead. Go ahead, then," said the other man. "I'll be inside with Dock."
"Go ahead. Go ahead, then," said the other man. "I'll be inside with Dock."
The boys heard heavy footsteps as Markel left the doorway, and then they saw his dark figure in the moonlight as he came around the side of the mill.
The boys heard loud footsteps as Markel stepped away from the doorway, and then they saw his dark silhouette in the moonlight as he walked around the side of the mill.
They pressed close against the willow tree and lowered their heads so that their faces would not be seen. Both were wearing dark clothes and dark caps. They did not look up, for they knew that their faces would be grey against the surrounding darkness and that Markel might see them.
They pressed closely against the willow tree and lowered their heads so their faces wouldn’t be visible. Both were wearing dark clothes and dark caps. They didn’t look up because they knew their faces would stand out against the surrounding darkness and that Markel might spot them.
In an agony of suspense they heard the footsteps come closer.
In a state of intense suspense, they heard the footsteps getting closer.
Markel poked around among the rubbish at the side of the mill. It was plain that he was not yet convinced that he had been suffering from a delusion when he saw the moving forms on the hillside and he meant to satisfy himself beyond any shadow of doubt that there was no one lurking in the vicinity of the mill.
Markel rummaged through the trash beside the mill. It was clear that he still wasn't fully convinced he had just imagined the moving figures on the hillside, and he intended to make sure, without any doubt, that no one was hiding near the mill.
Nearer and nearer he came.
He came closer and closer.
His body brushed against the overhanging branches of the willow. He was now only a few yards away from the Hardy boys.
His body brushed against the hanging branches of the willow. He was now just a few yards away from the Hardy boys.
Breathlessly, they waited. They stood, rigid and motionless, not daring to look up.
Breathless, they waited. They stood, stiff and still, not daring to look up.
Markel's footsteps came to a stop. He was standing but a short distance away, listening intently.
Markel's footsteps stopped. He stood just a short distance away, listening closely.
Had he seen them?
Has he seen them?
CHAPTER XXII
Through The Roof
Through The Roof
The Hardy boys always said that the few seconds in which they stood in the shadow of the willow tree with the suspicious Markel almost within arm's length of them, not knowing whether they had been discovered or not, were the longest seconds they had ever known.
The Hardy boys always said that the few seconds they spent in the shadow of the willow tree with the suspicious Markel almost within arm's reach were the longest seconds they'd ever experienced.
It seemed hours before they finally heard Markel give a grunt of satisfaction and trudge away in the opposite direction.
It felt like hours before they finally heard Markel let out a grunt of satisfaction and walk off in the opposite direction.
Even then it was minutes before they dared move, before they ventured to raise their heads and look about them. When at last they did so, Markel was no longer in sight.
Even then, it took them a few minutes to gather the courage to move, to lift their heads and look around. When they finally did, Markel was nowhere to be seen.
They heard him go around the other side of the mill and finally they heard his footsteps as he trudged up into the doorway.
They heard him walk around to the other side of the mill, and eventually, they heard his footsteps as he made his way up into the doorway.
The door banged at last.
The door slammed finally.
Markel was back in the mill. They breathed freely.
Markel was back in the mill. They breathed easily.
"That was a close call," whispered Joe, in relief.
"That was a close call," Joe whispered, feeling relieved.
"Not a sound," cautioned Frank. "They may be listening."
"Not a sound," Frank warned. "They might be listening."
They waited in the shadows for a long time. But evidently Markel had given up the search, his suspicions allayed. Finally a strange sound came from the interior of the mill, a strange whirring sound, followed by the muffled rumble of machinery.
They waited in the shadows for a long time. But it was clear that Markel had given up the search, his suspicions eased. Finally, a strange sound came from inside the mill, a weird whirring noise, followed by the muffled rumble of machinery.
"What's that?" whispered Joe.
"What's that?" Joe whispered.
They listened. The rumbling sound rose and fell with monotonous regularity. Finally Frank nudged his brother and pointed to one of the boarded windows half way up the side of the mill.
They listened. The rumbling noise came and went with a dull consistency. Finally, Frank nudged his brother and pointed to one of the boarded-up windows halfway up the side of the mill.
A faint streak of light was apparent through a crack in the boards.
A faint beam of light was visible through a gap in the boards.
"That must be where their workroom is," Frank whispered.
"That has to be their workroom," Frank whispered.
The sound of machinery in motion continued.
The sound of machinery in operation went on.
"We've struck them at the right time," said Joe, in a low voice. "They must do their work at night."
"We've hit them at the perfect moment," Joe said quietly. "They have to do their work at night."
"We've got to make sure."
"We need to make sure."
"How can we get inside the mill?"
"How do we get into the mill?"
"The willow tree. We'll have to climb it and drop down on the roof."
"The willow tree. We need to climb it and drop down onto the roof."
"What if they hear us? We won't have a chance to get away."
"What if they hear us? We won't have a chance to escape."
"They won't hear us," said Frank confidently. "The walls are of stone. Anyway, the sound of machinery will drown out any noises from outside. It's our only chance to get into the mill."
"They won't hear us," Frank said confidently. "The walls are made of stone. Besides, the sound of the machinery will cover up any noises from outside. This is our only chance to get into the mill."
"Lead the way, then."
"Go ahead."
Frank began to ascend the willow tree.
Frank started to climb the willow tree.
It was difficult work, for although the tree was large, it bent and swayed under his weight. It was impossible for both of them to attempt to climb at the same time, and Joe was forced to wait on guard at the bottom, listening as his brother made his way higher and higher among the springy branches.
It was tough work because, even though the tree was big, it bent and swayed under his weight. They couldn't both climb at the same time, so Joe had to wait on guard at the bottom, listening as his brother went higher and higher among the springy branches.
The topmost branches drooped over the roof of the mill, and when at length Frank had reached them he swung himself over until his feet touched the top of the building. For a second or so he was uncertain of his footing but at length he was able to stand steadily on the sloping surface. He released his grasp and the branches swished back. So far he had been able to move with a minimum of noise and he was confident that his ascent to the roof had been unheard.
The highest branches hung over the mill's roof, and when Frank finally got to them, he swung himself over until his feet were on top of the building. For a moment, he was unsure of his balance, but eventually, he managed to stand firmly on the sloped surface. He let go, and the branches swayed back. Until then, he had managed to move quietly, and he was sure his climb to the roof had gone unnoticed.
He called softly to Joe, and in a few minutes a rustling among the branches indicated that his brother was also climbing the tree.
He called gently to Joe, and after a few minutes, the rustling in the branches showed that his brother was climbing the tree too.
Frank waited and directed his brother so that Joe was soon swinging out from the branches. He dropped lightly to the roof of the old mill.
Frank waited and guided his brother until Joe was soon swinging out from the branches. He landed lightly on the roof of the old mill.
"There should be some sort of trapdoor here," said Frank quietly. "If there isn't we'll have to lower ourselves over the edge to one of the upper windows. I noticed a small open window around at the front. But there is probably a trapdoor."
"There should be some kind of trapdoor here," Frank said quietly. "If there isn't, we'll have to lower ourselves over the edge to one of the upper windows. I saw a small open window at the front. But there's probably a trapdoor."
The mill roof was not on an abrupt slant, so that the boys were able to make their way along among the shingles without a great deal of difficulty. The roof was in a bad state of repair, and once Frank came upon a wide hole, where the shingles had fallen off and where the wood beneath had rotted away.
The mill roof wasn't very steep, so the boys could walk along the shingles without too much trouble. The roof was in poor condition, and at one point, Frank found a large hole where the shingles had come off and the wood underneath had decayed.
But there was no trapdoor.
But there was no secret door.
"We'll tackle that hole in the roof," he decided.
"We'll fix that hole in the roof," he decided.
The gap was only about a foot square, but when Frank turned his flashlight on it he saw that immediately beneath them was a sort of attic, the topmost room in the mill.
The gap was only about a foot square, but when Frank shone his flashlight on it, he saw that just below them was a kind of attic, the highest room in the mill.
Quietly, they began enlarging the hole in the roof. Fortunately, the effect of rain and wind and weather had been such as to render the roof extremely weak. The shingles broke off easily, and bit by bit they made the hole wider until at last it was a large, black gap.
Quietly, they started to make the hole in the roof bigger. Luckily, the rain, wind, and weather had made the roof really weak. The shingles came off easily, and little by little, they widened the hole until it became a large, dark gap.
They did not throw the débris to the ground, but piled it carefully up on the roof near by. The work of enlarging the hole in the roof had taken them some time, as they worked cautiously and deliberately with a view to a minimum of noise. Finally they agreed that there was sufficient space to admit the passage of a human body, and Frank began to lower himself through the opening.
They didn't just toss the debris to the ground; instead, they stacked it carefully on the nearby roof. It took them a while to widen the hole in the roof because they were working slowly and deliberately to keep the noise down. Eventually, they decided there was enough space for a person to fit through, and Frank started to lower himself through the opening.
The attic was very low, only about five feet from floor to roof, and when Frank's feet touched the boards beneath he tested their strength. Having satisfied himself that the floor was strong enough to support his weight, he crouched down, flashing the light about him in search of some mode of egress to the lower part of the building.
The attic was really low, only about five feet from the floor to the roof, and when Frank's feet hit the boards below, he checked their strength. After making sure the floor could hold his weight, he crouched down, shining the light around him to find a way to get down to the lower part of the building.
He cautioned Joe to wait on the roof. The condition of the building was such that the floor might not be strong enough to hold them both, in which event disaster would overtake them.
He warned Joe to stay on the roof. The building's condition was such that the floor might not be strong enough to support both of them, and if that happened, disaster would strike.
At first he thought the attic was entirely separated from the rest of the mill. The floor seemed to be solid. There was not the sign of a stairway or opening of any kind.
At first, he thought the attic was completely cut off from the rest of the mill. The floor felt solid. There was no indication of a stairway or any kind of opening.
Frank was bitterly disappointed. To have been successful so far and then find themselves in a narrow little room under the eaves of the mill!
Frank was incredibly disappointed. After achieving so much success, to end up in a tiny room tucked away under the mill!
Suddenly he caught sight of a crack between the boards, and he held the flashlight closer to investigate. He found a space about two feet square, evidently a trapdoor cut in the floor, and he tugged at the edges of this until at length he managed to raise one side of it. Then, quietly, he worked at the trapdoor until he was able to lift it out of place. He raised it and put it quietly to one side.
Suddenly, he noticed a crack between the boards and brought the flashlight closer to take a look. He discovered a space about two feet square, clearly a trapdoor cut into the floor, and he pulled at the edges until he finally managed to lift one side. Then, quietly, he continued to work at the trapdoor until he could lift it out of its spot. He raised it and quietly set it aside.
It was very dark beneath the opening and he flashed the light down once for a brief second. It was long enough to show him that a ladder led from the opening to the floor of the musty, unoccupied room below.
It was really dark under the opening, and he turned on the light for a quick second. That was just enough time to reveal that a ladder went from the opening down to the floor of the damp, empty room below.
So far, so good!
So far, so good!
He whispered to Joe.
He whispered to Joe.
"All right. Come ahead."
"Okay. Come on."
In the aperture in the roof he could see Joe's form silhouetted, and then his brother scrambled down beside him in the attic.
In the opening in the roof, he could see Joe's figure outlined, and then his brother climbed down next to him in the attic.
"I've found a trapdoor," Frank whispered.
"I found a trapdoor," Frank whispered.
"Where does it lead to?"
"Where does it go?"
"There's another room directly below us. It's empty. The workroom must be just below that. But there's a door at the far side of the room, and I think it leads to the stairs that run to the bottom of the mill."
"There's another room right below us. It's empty. The workroom must be just below that. But there's a door at the far side of the room, and I think it leads to the stairs that go down to the bottom of the mill."
"Shall we go ahead?"
"Shall we proceed?"
"May as well. We haven't been seen yet. Nor heard."
"May as well. We haven't been seen or heard yet."
Frank handed the flashlight to his brother, then groped his way to the trapdoor. He managed to place one foot on the top rung of the ladder beneath the opening.
Frank handed the flashlight to his brother, then felt his way to the trapdoor. He managed to step onto the top rung of the ladder below the opening.
It held beneath his weight, although the ladder creaked warningly.
It supported his weight, even though the ladder creaked ominously.
Cautiously, step by step, he descended.
Cautiously, he went down step by step.
There was the utmost need for silence. From the position of the flash of light that he had seen through the crack in the boarded window, he judged that the workroom of the counterfeiters was about midway in the mill, immediately below the deserted room into which he was now descending. The mill widened out toward the bottom, and Frank judged that the locked stone room on the ground floor and the room above were those used by the men.
There was a strong need for silence. From the location of the flash of light he had seen through the gap in the boarded window, he figured that the counterfeiters' workroom was roughly in the middle of the mill, directly beneath the empty room he was currently going down into. The mill broadened toward the bottom, and Frank inferred that the locked stone room on the ground floor and the room above were the ones used by the men.
He reached the bottom of the ladder at last, touching the floor without a sound. He whispered back to Joe, and in a few seconds a faint noise from above told him that his brother was also descending into the dark room.
He finally reached the bottom of the ladder, landing on the floor quietly. He whispered to Joe, and a few seconds later, a soft sound from above indicated that his brother was also coming down into the dark room.
The rumble of machinery was louder and came from directly beneath his feet. Also he could hear a muffled murmur of voices. He had not been mistaken. The workroom was immediately beneath.
The rumble of machines was louder and coming from right below his feet. He could also hear a quiet murmur of voices. He hadn’t been wrong. The workroom was directly underneath.
Joe reached the bottom of the ladder in silence. Frank groped for the flashlight. He switched it on.
Joe reached the bottom of the ladder quietly. Frank fumbled for the flashlight. He turned it on.
The room in which they were standing was a low-ceilinged, bare chamber, on the far side of which was a doorway that led to a flight of stairs. Frank stepped cautiously over to the door and peered down the stairs. They led to a landing a short distance below, and continued from there to the bottom of the mill. The room beneath the one in which they were standing evidently opened onto the landing.
The room they were in had a low ceiling and was pretty bare. On the far side, there was a doorway that opened up to a flight of stairs. Frank carefully walked over to the door and looked down the stairs. They went down to a landing just a little below and then continued down to the bottom of the mill. It was clear that the room below the one they were in opened onto that landing.
Frank made a mental note of all these features so that he would have a good idea of the layout of the building in case it became necessary for them to make a hurried retreat.
Frank mentally registered all these features so he would have a clear understanding of the building's layout in case they needed to make a quick escape.
He heard a whisper from behind him.
He heard a whisper from behind him.
He turned quickly.
He spun around.
Joe was crouching on the floor, peering through a crack in the boards. He motioned to Frank to come over.
Joe was squatting on the floor, looking through a gap in the boards. He signaled for Frank to come over.
CHAPTER XXIII
The Alarm
The Alarm
Frank crouched on the floor beside his brother.
Frank crouched on the floor next to his brother.
He switched off the flashlight. The room was in darkness. Immediately he could see a glow of light through one of the cracks in the flooring.
He turned off the flashlight. The room was dark. Right away, he noticed a glow of light coming through one of the cracks in the floor.
By crouching close to the floor he could see through the cracks into the room beneath.
By crouching close to the floor, he could see through the cracks into the room below.
At the sight he saw he almost gave an exclamation of triumph. There were three men in the room, the three men of the mill—Uncle Dock, his companion, and Markel. They were standing beside a machine that looked like a small printing press. Their sleeves were rolled up and they were wearing inky aprons.
At the sight he saw, he almost let out a shout of triumph. There were three men in the room, the three men from the mill—Uncle Dock, his buddy, and Markel. They were standing next to a machine that looked like a small printing press. Their sleeves were rolled up, and they were wearing inky aprons.
The printing press was rumbling steadily and Markel was feeding it with small sheets of peculiar greenish paper.
The printing press was humming steadily, and Markel was loading it with small sheets of odd greenish paper.
But it was what was heaped on a low table beside the press that particularly attracted the attention of the Hardy boys.
But it was what was piled on a low table next to the press that especially caught the interest of the Hardy boys.
There they saw neat bundles of crisp, new bills. They were heaped high on the low table, each bundle in a thin, paper wrapper, and their denominations ranged from five to fifty dollars.
There they saw neat stacks of fresh, new bills. They were piled high on the low table, each stack in a thin paper wrapper, and their amounts ranged from five to fifty dollars.
"They're printing counterfeit money!" whispered Frank.
"They're printing fake money!" whispered Frank.
Joe nodded. A tingling excitement possessed them. In spite of the fact that they knew the bills were counterfeit there was something fascinating in the sight of those hundreds of crisp, green bills.
Joe nodded. A tingling excitement filled them. Even though they knew the bills were fake, there was something captivating about the sight of those hundreds of crisp, green bills.
Their view of the room was limited, but by moving from side to side they were gradually able to take in all the details of the little chamber. Above the constant rumble of the press they could hear the voices of three men.
Their view of the room was limited, but by shifting from side to side, they gradually managed to notice all the details of the small chamber. Above the ongoing noise of the press, they could hear the voices of three men.
"Once we get this shipment sent out we'll be on easy street," said Uncle Dock.
"Once we get this shipment sent out, we'll be set," said Uncle Dock.
"If we can get it all placed," grumbled Markel.
"If we can get everything sorted out," Markel complained.
"We'll get it placed all right," said the other man. "We haven't had any trouble so far. Burgess and his crowd have put over their part of the deal pretty well."
"We'll set it up just fine," said the other man. "We haven't run into any issues so far. Burgess and his team have handled their side of the deal pretty well."
"It'd be better if they'd stay away from Bayport," said Markel. "First thing we know, they'll be figuring the money is coming from here."
"It'd be better if they stayed away from Bayport," said Markel. "Before we know it, they'll think the money is coming from here."
"Why should they?" said Uncle Dock. "It's being sent around to the other towns as well as Bayport."
"Why should they?" Uncle Dock said. "It's being sent to other towns too, not just Bayport."
"That fool Paul Blum mighty near gave the game away."
"That fool Paul Blum almost gave everything away."
"He can't say anything. He doesn't know where the stuff is coming from. I think he has an idea we're round the mill, but he isn't sure. He won't give us away."
"He can't say anything. He doesn't know where the stuff is coming from. I think he has an idea we're around the mill, but he isn't sure. He won't rat us out."
"Just the same," said Markel, "I'll be relieved when the whole thing is over and we can get out of here. This patent breakfast food story is all right for a while, but country people are too curious. The farmers are talking because we won't do any milling for them."
"Still," said Markel, "I’ll be glad when this whole situation is over and we can leave. This patent breakfast food story is fine for a bit, but the locals are too nosy. The farmers are gossiping because we aren't milling for them."
"Let 'em talk. We'll be out of here by the end of the week. That last photo-engraving you made for us is a good one. It would take an expert to tell it from the original. We'll make fifty thousand dollars from that shipment of tens alone."
"Let them talk. We'll be gone by the end of the week. That last photo engraving you did for us is really great. It would take an expert to tell it apart from the original. We'll make fifty thousand dollars just from that shipment of tens."
"It's good enough," admitted Markel, evidently pleased with the compliment, "but I've said all along that our paper is too thin. It should have just a little more body to it. But it's too hard to imitate. The genuine banknote paper is a bit heavier."
"It's good enough," Markel said, clearly pleased with the compliment, "but I've always said our paper is too thin. It needs a bit more weight to it. But it's tough to replicate. The authentic banknote paper is a little heavier."
"What's the matter with you to-night, Markel?" asked Uncle Dock. "You have been nervous and jumpy all evening. First of all, you think you see some one sneaking around the mill. Now you're afraid we're all going to be pinched. By the end of the week we'll be out of here and living on the fat of the land. This is the biggest counterfeiting deal that has ever been put across in the United States. I'd imagine you'd be feeling proud of yourself. By the time it is all over we should be worth a quarter of a million dollars each."
"What's up with you tonight, Markel?" Uncle Dock asked. "You've been restless and on edge all evening. First, you think you see someone creeping around the mill. Now you're worried we're all going to get caught. By the end of the week, we'll be out of here and living really well. This is the biggest counterfeiting operation that's ever happened in the United States. I would think you'd be feeling pretty proud of yourself. By the time it's all over, we should each be worth a quarter of a million dollars."
"All the more reason for being careful. You have to watch your step in a game like this."
"All the more reason to be careful. You need to watch your step in a game like this."
"And haven't we watched our step? Who would ever suspect this old mill? Why, there's Hardy, the detective, living right in Bayport. He has never suspected a thing. And the Federal dicks think we have a plant somewhere in the woods back of Barmet village!"
"And haven’t we been careful? Who would ever suspect this old mill? There’s Hardy, the detective, living right in Bayport. He hasn’t suspected a thing. And the Federal agents think we have a setup somewhere in the woods behind Barmet village!"
"It was a good idea to take over the mill, I'll admit. But the sooner we're out of here, the better."
"It was a smart move to take over the mill, I’ll admit. But the sooner we leave this place, the better."
"Well, the last batch of bills will be run off to-night. We'll clear out to-morrow morning and send down for the machinery as soon as we can."
"Well, the last set of bills will be printed tonight. We'll leave tomorrow morning and request the machinery as soon as we can."
Frank nudged his brother. So the counterfeiters were planning an early escape!
Frank nudged his brother. So the fake money makers were planning an early getaway!
They peered through the cracks in the floor and watched the three men moving about as the press rumbled and bill after bill was added to the pile on the table.
They looked through the cracks in the floor and saw the three men moving around as the press rattled and bill after bill was added to the stack on the table.
"Easier way to make money than working," remarked Uncle Dock, with a satisfied smile.
"Easier way to make money than working," Uncle Dock said, grinning.
"I'm going to take a trip around the world with my share," said the second man.
"I'm going to take a trip around the world with my share," said the second guy.
"What are you going to do, Markel?"
"What are you going to do, Markel?"
"I'll follow the horses. I'm going to visit every race track in America this year. I'll double my money."
"I'll follow the horses. I'm planning to visit every racetrack in America this year. I'm going to double my money."
"You'll lose every cent of it."
"You'll lose every penny of it."
"No chance."
"No way."
Uncle Dock smiled.
Uncle Dock grinned.
"Wait and see. Smarter men than you have lost all their money on the horses."
"Just wait and see. Smarter people than you have lost all their money betting on horses."
Frank and Joe had heard enough and had seen enough to know that there was no further doubt as to the nature of the activities of the three men of the mill. They had seen the counterfeiting plant in operation and from the conversation of the three men there was no doubt but that this was the plant that had been responsible for flooding the East with spurious bills in the past few weeks.
Frank and Joe had heard and seen enough to know without a doubt what the three men at the mill were up to. They had witnessed the counterfeiting operation in action, and from the conversations of the three men, it was clear that this was the operation responsible for filling the East with fake money over the past few weeks.
The counterfeiters were evidently running off a last shipment of bills before closing up the plant and moving away. It behooved the Hardy boys to act quickly.
The counterfeiters were clearly cranking out one last batch of bills before shutting down the operation and leaving. The Hardy boys needed to act fast.
"Where will we go when we clear out?" they heard Markel say.
"Where will we go when we get everything sorted?" they heard Markel say.
"We'll separate," answered Uncle Dock. "We'll meet in New York."
"We'll split up," said Uncle Dock. "We'll meet in New York."
"Where?"
"Where at?"
"We'll meet Burgess at his apartment. You remember the address don't you?" Uncle Dock gave an address in the Forties, and Frank instantly registered it in his memory. It might come in useful in case the counterfeiters slipped through their hands.
"We'll meet Burgess at his apartment. You remember the address, right?" Uncle Dock gave an address in the Forties, and Frank immediately saved it in his memory. It might be useful in case the counterfeiters got away from them.
He got up slowly from his cramped position, and Joe followed his example. Frank led the way toward the door that opened on the landing.
He got up slowly from his cramped position, and Joe followed his lead. Frank took the lead toward the door that opened onto the landing.
"We'd better get out of here," he whispered.
"We should leave this place," he whispered.
"What will we do?"
"What should we do?"
"We'll go to Bayport for help. We can't tackle these fellows alone."
"We'll head to Bayport for help. We can't take these guys on by ourselves."
"How will we get out? There's no use trying to get out by the roof. We might break our necks trying to reach that tree again."
"How are we going to get out? There's no point in trying to escape through the roof. We could end up breaking our necks again trying to reach that tree."
"We can go down the stairs," said Frank quietly.
"We can go down the stairs," Frank said quietly.
"And out the front door?"
"And out the front door?"
"It's probably only bolted on the inside. If we can get past the door of that workroom we should be all right."
"It's probably just bolted on the inside. If we can get past that workroom door, we should be fine."
"Come on, then."
"Let's go."
Frank led the way. He stepped out on the landing. Both boys were wearing light "sneakers" that made little noise.
Frank led the way. He stepped out onto the landing. Both boys were wearing lightweight sneakers that made hardly any noise.
Step by step, they descended the stairs. Step by step, they drew closer to the landing that led to the counterfeiters' room. They could hear the muffled sound of the printing press and the vague voices of the three men.
Step by step, they went down the stairs. Step by step, they got closer to the landing that led to the counterfeiters' room. They could hear the faint sound of the printing press and the indistinct voices of the three men.
They reached the landing at last. A streak of yellow light shone from beneath the door of the workroom. The stairs led on toward the bottom of the mill.
They finally reached the landing. A beam of yellow light shone from under the door of the workroom. The stairs continued down toward the base of the mill.
Each lad held his breath as he traversed the dangerous distance to the next flight of stairs. Here, if anywhere, they were in danger of being heard.
Each boy held his breath as he crossed the risky space to the next flight of stairs. This was the place, if anywhere, where they might be heard.
But the low voices within the room continued; the steady rumble of the press went on without interruption. Frank gained the top of the steps. Joe followed.
But the quiet voices inside the room kept going; the steady sound of the press continued without pause. Frank reached the top of the steps. Joe followed.
They went slowly down the stairs. Frank could see the dim outlines of the mill machinery in the large room below, with the dark shape of the door in the distance. Once they gained the door they would be comparatively safe.
They walked down the stairs slowly. Frank could see the faint shapes of the mill machinery in the big room below, with the shadowy outline of the door far away. Once they reached the door, they would be relatively safe.
The thought had hardly crossed his mind when his foot struck suddenly against some solid object.
The thought had barely crossed his mind when his foot suddenly hit something hard.
There was a slight noise, the object moved, then it went clattering down the stairs with an uproar that seemed to awaken the echoes from one end of the mill to the other.
There was a faint sound, the object moved, then it went tumbling down the stairs with a racket that seemed to wake the echoes from one end of the mill to the other.
He had kicked over a pail that had been left lying on the steps!
He had knocked over a bucket that was left on the steps!
The noise would not be unnoticed—he knew that. With a bound, he had reached the bottom of the steps. There was no time to seek escape by the door, for already he could hear some one running across the floor of the workroom above. They must hide, and hide quickly.
The noise wouldn't go unnoticed—he knew that. With a leap, he reached the bottom of the stairs. There was no time to look for an escape through the door, because he could already hear someone running across the floor of the workroom above. They had to hide, and hide fast.
Joe was close behind him.
Joe was right behind him.
Frank turned and sped through an open doorway close at hand. The boys found themselves in a gloomy stone room in which several large pieces of machinery could be dimly distinguished in the faint light.
Frank turned and dashed through a nearby open doorway. The boys found themselves in a dark stone room where they could barely make out several large pieces of machinery in the dim light.
From the floor above they could hear voices. A door opened. Frank glanced back and he could see a beam of light against the wall by the stairs.
From the floor above, they could hear voices. A door opened. Frank looked back and saw a beam of light on the wall by the stairs.
"I'm certain I heard a noise!" they heard Markel saying. "I'm going to find out what caused it."
"I'm sure I heard a noise!" they heard Markel say. "I'm going to find out what caused it."
CHAPTER XXIV
Trapped
Stuck
The Hardy boys could see little chance of escape.
The Hardy boys saw little hope of getting away.
Markel was coming down the stairs. They could hear his heavy boots as they clattered on the steps.
Markel was coming down the stairs. They could hear his heavy boots clattering on the steps.
Frank glanced around the room. There was one window, but it was boarded up. There was but one door, the one through which they had come.
Frank looked around the room. There was one window, but it was boarded up. There was only one door, the one they had entered through.
Markel had reached the foot of the stairs by now. They heard him give a grunt of surprise as he picked up the pail.
Markel had reached the bottom of the stairs by now. They heard him grunt in surprise as he picked up the bucket.
"This was what did it," he called back to some one on the landing. "It fell down the stairs."
"This is what happened," he called back to someone on the landing. "It fell down the stairs."
"Well, what of it?" Uncle Dock called down to him.
"Well, what about it?" Uncle Dock called down to him.
"Some one must have knocked it over."
"Someone must have knocked it over."
"Couldn't have been any one," sniffed Uncle Dock. "There's nobody around. It's just your nerves."
"Couldn’t have been anyone," sniffed Uncle Dock. "There’s nobody here. It’s just your nerves."
"Pails don't fall downstairs unless somebody knocks them over," said Markel stubbornly.
"Pails don't fall down the stairs unless someone pushes them," Markel insisted stubbornly.
"Ask Lester. Perhaps it was him."
"Ask Lester. Maybe it was him."
They heard Markel go into another room. For a few moments there was silence. Then Markel came out again.
They heard Markel walk into another room. For a few moments, there was silence. Then Markel came out again.
"He's asleep—or shamming. I didn't waken him. But I'm going to take a look around, just the same."
"He's asleep—or pretending to be. I didn't wake him up. But I'm still going to take a look around."
His footsteps drew nearer the room in which the brothers were hiding. Frank sprang lightly in behind the open door, pressing himself close against the wall. Joe wedged in beside him.
His footsteps approached the room where the brothers were hiding. Frank quickly slipped in behind the open door, pressing himself against the wall. Joe squeezed in next to him.
Markel came into the room.
Markel entered the room.
He was carrying a flashlight and its beam illuminated the corners of the musty chamber. The Hardy boys waited in suspense. Would he think of looking behind the door?
He was holding a flashlight, and its beam lit up the dark corners of the musty room. The Hardy Boys waited anxiously. Would he remember to check behind the door?
Suddenly there was a mutter of disgust from Markel and a rustle as something flitted out of a corner.
Suddenly, Markel muttered in disgust, and there was a rustle as something darted out from a corner.
"Me-e-ow!"
"Meow!"
"Only the cat!" grunted Markel.
"Just the cat!" grunted Markel.
The animal purred ingratiatingly, but Markel aimed a vicious kick at the cat. It missed its mark, however, and Markel turned and trudged out of the room.
The cat purred sweetly, but Markel aimed a harsh kick at it. He missed, though, and then Markel turned and walked out of the room.
"Find anything?" called Uncle Dock from the top of the stairs.
"Did you find anything?" yelled Uncle Dock from the top of the stairs.
"It was only the cat," answered Markel sullenly. "The brute must have been prowling around on the stairs and knocked the pail over."
"It was just the cat," Markel replied grumpily. "That beast must have been wandering around on the stairs and knocked the bucket over."
"Well, come back and get to work. I hope you're satisfied now. I knew it must have been something like that."
"Alright, come back and get to work. I hope you're happy now. I figured it had to be something like that."
Markel gave no answer, but went back up the stairs. After a while the door of the workroom banged behind him and soon the roar and rattle of the printing press broke out anew.
Markel didn't respond but headed back up the stairs. After a while, the workroom door slammed shut behind him, and soon the sound of the printing press started up again.
Frank took a deep breath.
Frank inhaled deeply.
"That's the closest call I ever went through," he whispered, in relief.
"That was the closest call I've ever had," he whispered, feeling relieved.
"Let's get out of here. Quick! I'd like to give that cat about a quart of cream for breakfast."
"Let's get out of here. Fast! I want to give that cat about a quart of cream for breakfast."
They tiptoed quietly out of the room and made their way to the front door of the mill. It was, as Frank had predicted, bolted on the inside, but he drew the bolt and the door swung slowly open.
They quietly tiptoed out of the room and headed to the front door of the mill. It was, just as Frank had predicted, bolted from the inside, but he unlatched the bolt and the door slowly creaked open.
Frank placed his fingers on his lips as a sign for silence. To this Joe nodded understandingly.
Frank put his fingers to his lips to signal for silence. Joe nodded in understanding.
Then from a distance came an unexpected sound—the mewing of a cat!
Then from a distance came an unexpected sound—the meowing of a cat!
Both lads had to grin—indeed, it was all Joe could do to keep from laughing outright.
Both guys had to smile—genuinely, it was all Joe could do to keep from laughing out loud.
They slipped outside, closing the door behind them.
They stepped outside, shutting the door behind them.
"Now to get back to Bayport," whispered Frank. "We'll have to hurry."
"Now, back to Bayport," Frank whispered. "We need to hurry."
They sped across the grass toward the borders of the dark wood, and not until they had reached its friendly shade did they look behind. The ghostly old mill stood by the gleaming river, dark and sinister in the clear moonlight.
They rushed across the grass toward the edge of the dark forest, and it wasn't until they reached its welcoming shade that they looked back. The eerie old mill loomed by the shimmering river, dark and foreboding in the bright moonlight.
"We'll be back," Joe said, as he glanced back at the mill.
"We'll be back," Joe said, looking back at the mill.
"There is going to be a big surprise for that gang before the night is over."
"There’s going to be a big surprise for that group before the night is over."
"I'll say. Let's get started on it."
"Sounds good. Let's get started."
They ran up through the trees until they reached the deserted road, where they had left their motorcycles. Within a few minutes they were in the saddles and roaring back in the direction of Bayport.
They sprinted through the trees until they got to the empty road, where they had parked their motorcycles. In just a few minutes, they were on their bikes and racing back toward Bayport.
They made the journey at full speed, but at that it was late before the gleaming lights of the city came into view. The motorcycles sped down the shore road on to the concrete boulevards, then raced through the city streets, now almost deserted save for an occasional late trolley or nighthawk taxi.
They raced along at full speed, but it was still late when the bright lights of the city finally appeared. The motorcycles zipped down the coastal road onto the concrete boulevards, then tore through the city streets, which were nearly empty except for the occasional late-night trolley or taxi.
At length they drew up before the Hardy home and raced up the front walk. They found their father in the house, sitting up for them.
At last, they arrived at the Hardy home and hurried up the front path. They found their dad inside, waiting up for them.
"What on earth kept you out so late? Your mother—" Fenton Hardy began, but Frank interrupted him.
"What on earth kept you out so late? Your mom—" Fenton Hardy started, but Frank cut him off.
"We've found the counterfeiters!"
"We've found the fakes!"
"The what?" demanded Mr. Hardy, in astonishment.
"The what?" asked Mr. Hardy, in disbelief.
"The counterfeiters. Get some men and we can catch the whole crowd this very minute."
"The counterfeiters. Get some guys and we can grab the whole group right now."
"Is this right?" asked the detective swiftly.
"Is this correct?" asked the detective quickly.
"We've found their plant. We saw them making money. We can bring you there right away. They don't know that we saw them."
"We've found their operation. We saw them making money. We can take you there right now. They don't realize that we saw them."
"And they're getting ready to leave in the morning," put in Joe.
"And they're getting ready to leave in the morning," Joe added.
"Where are they?" demanded Fenton Hardy.
"Where are they?" asked Fenton Hardy.
"In the old Turner mill on Willow River. We've just come from there."
"In the old Turner mill on Willow River. We just came from there."
Mr. Hardy was a man who wasted little time once he had grasped the essentials of a situation. Without a word he hurried over to his study and picked up the telephone. He asked for a number and, after it was secured, he held a brief, curt conversation. Then he put down the telephone and the receiver clicked.
Mr. Hardy was someone who didn't waste any time once he understood the key points of a situation. Without saying anything, he rushed to his study and picked up the phone. He requested a number, and after getting it, he had a short, blunt conversation. Then he hung up the phone, and the receiver clicked.
"We'll have a posse out there in half an hour," he said to his sons. "Three state troopers and two Secret Service men who have been working on this case are in town. Will that be enough?"
"We'll have a team out there in thirty minutes," he told his sons. "Three state troopers and two Secret Service agents who have been on this case are in town. Will that be enough?"
"There are three in the counterfeiting gang," Frank told him.
"There are three people in the counterfeiting gang," Frank told him.
"We'll have enough. And now tell me how you found out about the old mill."
"We'll have plenty. Now, tell me how you learned about the old mill."
Briefly, Frank and Joe told him how their suspicions had first been aroused by the mysterious activities about the mill, how they had visited the place and found that strangers were not welcome, how they had finally resolved to investigate for themselves, and how they had that night gone to the mill and seen the counterfeiting plant in actual operation.
Briefly, Frank and Joe explained how their suspicions were first raised by the strange activities around the mill, how they went there and discovered that outsiders were not welcome, how they eventually decided to investigate on their own, and how that night they went to the mill and saw the counterfeiting operation in action.
Their story was interrupted by the arrival of an automobile which drew up in front of the Hardy home with a squeal of brakes. A man in uniform stepped out and ran up the walk.
Their story was interrupted by the arrival of a car that pulled up in front of the Hardy home with a screech of brakes. A man in uniform got out and rushed up the walkway.
"Here are the officers," said Mr. Hardy. "Come along."
"Here are the officers," Mr. Hardy said. "Let's go."
They left the house and met the officer on the steps. Mr. Hardy spoke to him.
They left the house and met the officer on the steps. Mr. Hardy talked to him.
"They are at the old Turner mill on Willow River," he said quietly. "I suppose you know how to get there."
"They're at the old Turner mill on Willow River," he said softly. "I guess you know how to get there."
"Can't say that I do," said the officer. "Not by car."
"Can't say that I do," said the officer. "Not by car."
"Follow the shore road and then cut in on that deserted loop. It used to run right past the mill before the shore road was built."
"Take the shore road and then turn onto that empty loop. It used to go right by the mill before they built the shore road."
The trooper nodded.
The officer nodded.
"I remember now. The deserted road, eh? We'll get there all right."
"I remember now. The empty road, right? We'll make it there for sure."
"Better leave the car back on the road some distance and go the rest of the way on foot," suggested Frank. "We can sneak up on 'em better that way."
"Better to park the car a little way down the road and walk the rest of the way," Frank suggested. "We can sneak up on them more easily that way."
They clambered into the automobile. The other men were broad-shouldered, keen-eyed fellows with determined faces. The moonlight glinted on rifle barrels and revolvers.
They climbed into the car. The other men were broad-shouldered, sharp-eyed guys with serious expressions. The moonlight shone on the rifle barrels and handguns.
Through the cool night sped the automobile, out the shore road, leaving Bayport behind, until at last the car turned off into the deserted road, rocking and bumping to and fro in the ruts.
Through the cool night, the car sped along the shore road, leaving Bayport behind, until finally it turned onto the deserted road, rocking and bumping in the ruts.
When they reached the place where Frank and Joe had abandoned the motorcycles earlier in the evening the boys spoke to the driver, whereupon he brought the car to a stop.
When they got to the spot where Frank and Joe had left the motorcycles earlier that evening, the boys talked to the driver, and he pulled the car to a stop.
They got out and stood in a little group in the moonlit road. Fenton Hardy was in charge of the raid, and he gave his orders quickly and with precision. The men were to follow the road until they reached the meadow between the wood and the mill. The troopers were to deploy out so as to come up in the rear of the mill; the Secret Service men and the others were to take the front way.
They got out and stood in a small group on the moonlit road. Fenton Hardy was leading the operation, giving his orders quickly and clearly. The men were to follow the road until they reached the meadow between the woods and the mill. The troopers were to spread out in order to approach the back of the mill, while the Secret Service agents and the others were to take the front route.
They trudged down the road until at last they stood at the edge of the wood and they could see the mill below them in the moonlight. Then the three troopers moved off to the right, keeping well in the shade, preparatory to cutting down across the meadow toward the back of the mill.
They walked down the road until finally they reached the edge of the woods and could see the mill below them in the moonlight. Then the three soldiers moved off to the right, staying hidden in the shadows, getting ready to cut across the meadow toward the back of the mill.
Fenton Hardy, the two Secret Service men and the boys walked boldly across the meadow.
Fenton Hardy, the two Secret Service agents, and the boys walked confidently across the meadow.
They were not seen. There was not a sound from the mill.
They weren't visible. There was no noise coming from the mill.
When they reached the front of the building they could see the dark forms of the three troopers who flitted across the grass and waited in readiness back of the mill in case any one should attempt to escape that way.
When they got to the front of the building, they could see the shadowy figures of the three troopers moving quickly across the grass, standing by the mill, ready in case anyone tried to escape that way.
Mr. Hardy tried the front door. It swung open. He stepped inside. The Secret Service men followed. The boys crowded close at their heels.
Mr. Hardy tried the front door. It swung open. He stepped inside. The Secret Service agents followed. The boys crowded close behind them.
"Which room?" whispered the detective.
"Which room?" the detective whispered.
"At the top of the stairs," Frank told him.
"At the top of the stairs," Frank said to him.
At that moment the door of the workroom opened and they could see a man run out onto the landing.
At that moment, the door of the workroom swung open, and they saw a man dash out onto the landing.
"Who's there?" called out a startled voice.
"Who’s there?" called out a surprised voice.
It was Markel. He was clearly silhouetted in the light from the workroom.
It was Markel. He was clearly outlined in the light from the workroom.
"The police," answered Mr. Hardy. "Put up your hands! We have you covered."
"The police," Mr. Hardy replied. "Raise your hands! We've got you surrounded."
In reply, Markel flung himself flat on the floor, there was a streak of crimson, and a revolver shot roared out. Mr. Hardy and the Secret Service men had their weapons ready and they replied with a fusillade of shots.
In response, Markel threw himself down onto the floor, a splash of red appeared, and a gunshot echoed loudly. Mr. Hardy and the Secret Service agents had their firearms drawn and they fired back in a barrage of gunfire.
The light in the room at the head of the landing had gone out. With a bound, Mr. Hardy reached the stairs, then raced up the steps. When he reached the landing, however, he found that it was deserted. Markel had escaped the bullets and had crawled back into the room, for the door was closed.
The light in the room at the top of the landing was off. With a leap, Mr. Hardy got to the stairs and then sprinted up them. But when he reached the landing, he discovered that it was empty. Markel had dodged the bullets and had crawled back into the room because the door was closed.
Fenton Hardy launched himself against the door of the workroom, but it did not budge. He could hear sounds of voices, a noise of banging and of running about in the room beyond.
Fenton Hardy threw himself against the workroom door, but it wouldn't move. He could hear voices, the sound of banging, and people running around in the room on the other side.
The Secret Service men and the two boys reached the landing.
The Secret Service agents and the two boys arrived at the landing.
"Break in the door!" snapped Mr. Hardy.
"Break down the door!" snapped Mr. Hardy.
Together they launched themselves against the door, and there was a splintering sound, but still the barrier held.
Together they threw themselves against the door, and there was a splintering sound, but the barrier still held.
"Again!"
"One more time!"
With a concerted rush they plunged forward once more. The door fell in with a crash.
With a coordinated effort, they surged forward again. The door crashed in.
Fenton Hardy switched on his flashlight, for the room was in darkness.
Fenton Hardy turned on his flashlight because the room was dark.
There was the printing press, there was the table with the packages of counterfeit money—but the counterfeiters were gone. The window was wide open. They had made their escape that way.
There was the printing press, there was the table with the packages of counterfeit money—but the counterfeiters were gone. The window was wide open. They had made their escape that way.
From beneath the window came the sound of rough voices, a shot, a loud yell. Mr. Hardy ran to the window and looked out.
From outside the window, there were harsh voices, a gunshot, and a loud shout. Mr. Hardy rushed to the window and peered out.
"We got 'em, sir!" called out a voice.
"We got them, sir!" called out a voice.
Underneath the willow tree were six figures, and three of them were troopers. Each man held a prisoner. The counterfeiters had been captured.
Under the willow tree stood six figures, three of which were troopers. Each man was holding a prisoner. The counterfeiters had been caught.
CHAPTER XXV
The Reckoning
The Reckoning
When the full story of the activities of the counterfeiters became known next day, Bayport found that the Hardy boys had succeeded in breaking up one of the most dangerous bands that had ever baffled the Federal authorities.
When the complete story of the counterfeiters' activities was revealed the next day, Bayport discovered that the Hardy boys had managed to dismantle one of the most dangerous gangs that had ever outsmarted the federal authorities.
After the capture of Uncle Dock and his associates, Fenton Hardy and the Secret Service men had wasted no time. Frank had remembered the New York address of the mysterious Burgess, that he had heard Uncle Dock mention, and a telegram to the New York police resulted in the arrest of this man, who turned out to be the brains of the gang, the man who had arranged for the distribution of the spurious bills. The crooks in Barmet village, and the rascally woman in black were also apprehended.
After capturing Uncle Dock and his crew, Fenton Hardy and the Secret Service agents acted quickly. Frank recalled the New York address of the elusive Burgess, which he had heard Uncle Dock mention, and a telegram to the New York police led to this man's arrest. He turned out to be the mastermind of the gang, the one who had organized the distribution of the counterfeit bills. The crooks in Barmet village and the shady woman in black were also caught.
"The machinery in the mill," Mr. Hardy told his sons, "was the most complete and efficient they could obtain. Markel, it seems, was at one time an expert photo-engraver. He furnished the engravings that enabled them to make such an excellent imitation of United States currency, while Uncle Dock and the other man helped him turn out the bills. Burgess saw to it that they got the proper paper and also planned the distribution. There were enough bad bills lying on the table when we raided the place to have netted them almost half a million dollars between them."
"The equipment in the mill," Mr. Hardy told his sons, "was the best and most efficient they could get. Markel, it turns out, used to be a skilled photo-engraver. He provided the engravings that allowed them to create such a convincing imitation of U.S. currency, while Uncle Dock and the other guy helped him produce the bills. Burgess made sure they had the right paper and also managed the distribution. There were enough counterfeit bills on the table when we raided the place to have brought them in almost half a million dollars."
Thanks to the quick work of the officers, not one member of the gang had escaped. In Burgess' rooms had been found a notebook containing the names and addresses of the agents he had working for him, distributing the counterfeit money throughout the country, and by the next day every man had been apprehended.
Thanks to the swift actions of the officers, not a single member of the gang got away. In Burgess's room, they found a notebook with the names and addresses of the agents he had working for him, spreading the counterfeit money across the country, and by the next day, every man had been caught.
The two Secret Service men who had aided in the final round-up of the counterfeiters at the old mill called personally at the Hardy home next day to congratulate the boys.
The two Secret Service agents who helped catch the counterfeiters at the old mill personally visited the Hardy home the next day to congratulate the boys.
"We've been working around here for almost a week trying to get the goods on these men," said one, "but never once did we think of the old mill. What made you suspicious of that place?"
"We've been working here for almost a week trying to get the dirt on these guys," said one, "but we never once thought about the old mill. What made you suspicious of that place?"
Frank told him how they had first learned that strangers had taken over the mill and told of their first visit to the place.
Frank told him how they had first found out that strangers had taken over the mill and recounted their first visit to the place.
"To tell the truth," he said, "my first suspicions were when Uncle Dock offered to give us a reward for helping save Lester from the river. He took two five dollar bills from his pocket and offered them to us. Then the other man snatched them from him, turned around, and later offered them to us again."
"Honestly," he said, "my first doubts started when Uncle Dock offered us a reward for helping save Lester from the river. He pulled out two five-dollar bills from his pocket and offered them to us. Then the other guy grabbed them from him, turned around, and eventually offered them to us again."
The Secret Service man smiled.
The Secret Service agent smiled.
"Uncle Dock offered you two counterfeit bills and the other man was afraid they would be detected and that you would know where they came from."
"Uncle Dock gave you two fake bills, and the other guy was worried they'd get found out and that you would figure out where they came from."
"I suppose that was his idea. But it made me suspicious. After that, Joe and I kept watching the place and as everything seemed to indicate that something suspicious was going on at the mill we made up our mind to pay them a visit."
"I guess that was his plan. But it made me suspicious. After that, Joe and I kept an eye on the place, and since everything pointed to something shady happening at the mill, we decided to pay them a visit."
"And a very lucky thing it was that you did. It was a smart piece of work and I want to assure you that the Government won't forget it."
"And it was really fortunate that you did. It was a clever move, and I want to make sure you know the Government won't forget it."
The Government did not forget it. Before the month was out, the Hardy boys had received a check for one thousand dollars as a reward for the part they had played in the capture of the counterfeiters.
The government didn’t forget it. Before the month ended, the Hardy boys received a check for one thousand dollars as a reward for their role in capturing the counterfeiters.
"Enough money," Chet Morton said when he heard of it, "to buy gas for the motorboat for a couple of years, anyway."
"Enough money," Chet Morton said when he heard about it, "to buy gas for the motorboat for a couple of years, at least."
As for Uncle Dock and his gang, they were all sentenced to long terms of imprisonment. Frank and Joe made particular inquiries about Lester and they asked their father to see to it that the boy was well taken care of. The result of Mr. Hardy's efforts in Lester's behalf was the discovery that "Uncle Dock" was not the boy's uncle at all, but a rascally impostor who had made claim for the lad at an orphan asylum and who had planned to bring him up in a life of crime.
As for Uncle Dock and his crew, they all received long prison sentences. Frank and Joe specifically asked about Lester and asked their dad to make sure the boy was well cared for. Thanks to Mr. Hardy's efforts for Lester, they discovered that "Uncle Dock" wasn't actually the boy's uncle at all, but a con artist who had claimed the kid at an orphanage and had intended to raise him in a life of crime.
A well-to-do citizen of Bayport, who heard of the case, offered to give Lester a home and see that he was sent to school. The boy was accordingly assured of a brighter future than had confronted him while he was with Uncle Dock, and no one was more pleased than the Hardy boys.
A wealthy resident of Bayport, who heard about the situation, offered to give Lester a home and ensure he got an education. The boy was now promised a better future than what he had faced while living with Uncle Dock, and no one was happier than the Hardy boys.
"We'll take you out with us in the motorboat, Lester," they told him.
"We'll take you out with us in the boat, Lester," they told him.
"Will you?" he asked, his face lighting up with pleasure.
"Will you?" he asked, his face shining with happiness.
"Sure—you're one of the gang now."
"Sure—you're part of the team now."
"And will you take me with you when you go detectiving?"
"And will you take me with you when you go detective work?"
"When we go what?" exclaimed Joe.
"When are we going?" exclaimed Joe.
"When you go detectiving."
"When you go detecting."
The Hardy boys laughed.
The Hardy Boys laughed.
"Oh, you mean when we're trying to be detectives. We'll see, Lester. But the chances are we won't have a chance to be detectives for a long while now. Counterfeiters don't start operating around Bayport every day, you know."
"Oh, you mean when we're trying to be detectives. We'll see, Lester. But chances are we won't get the chance to be detectives for a long time. Counterfeiters don’t pop up in Bayport every day, you know."
"And it's a good thing they don't," Joe added.
"And it's a good thing they don't," Joe added.
But the Hardy boys were destined to have other adventures in which they were to have opportunities of displaying their ability as detectives quite as timely as those which had fallen to their lot in the affair of the old mill. What some of these happenings were will be related in the next volume, called, "The Hardy Boys: The Missing Chums."
But the Hardy boys were meant to have more adventures where they would get the chance to show off their detective skills just as much as they did in the case of the old mill. Some of these events will be shared in the next book, titled, "The Hardy Boys: The Missing Chums."
When they received their check which was the reward from the Government for their clever work in running the counterfeiters to earth, they were accompanied to the bank by Chet Morton and Lester, Jerry Gilroy and Phil Cohen, Tony Prito and Biff Hooper, for the Hardy boys had promised to celebrate by treating their friends to ice-cream, to be followed by a motorboat race, wherein Tony, in the Napoli, was going to make a second attempt to beat the Sleuth.
When they got their check, which was the reward from the government for their smart work in tracking down the counterfeiters, they were taken to the bank by Chet Morton and Lester, Jerry Gilroy and Phil Cohen, Tony Prito and Biff Hooper. The Hardy boys had promised to celebrate by treating their friends to ice cream, followed by a motorboat race, where Tony, in the Napoli, was going to make another attempt to beat the Sleuth.
"I guess ten dollars will cover it," said Frank, as he handed the check over to the cashier. "We can buy gas with the money that's left over."
"I think ten dollars will be enough," said Frank, as he handed the check to the cashier. "We can use the extra money for gas."
"And you want to deposit nine hundred and ninety dollars?"
"And you want to deposit $990?"
"Yes."
Yes.
The cashier handed over two five dollar bills. Chet Morton seized one, bit it, gazed reflectively at the ceiling for a moment, then gave it back to Frank.
The cashier gave two five dollar bills. Chet Morton grabbed one, bit it, looked thoughtfully at the ceiling for a moment, then handed it back to Frank.
"I guess it's good," he said. "There's so much counterfeit money going around, these days, that one can't be too careful."
"I suppose it's good," he said. "There's so much fake money circulating these days that you can never be too careful."
THE END
THE END
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!